manual de servicio colimador ge sentry 3

GE MedicalSystems

Technical Publications

Direction 46-001414 (SM D5303C) Revision 18

0- Sentry Three Automatic Collimator

Copyright" 1985 1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 By General Electric Co

Operating Documentation

~~

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS

~~ ~~ ~~~ ~~~

SENTRY THREE AUTOMATIC COLLIMATOR

REV 18

CHAPTER

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

DIRECTION 46-001414 (SM D5303C)

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TITLE

REVISION HISTORY

REFER TO SEPARATE OPERATING MANUAL DIRECTION 46-001413 (OM DS303C)

REFER TO SEPARATE PLANNING DIRECTION 46-017158

INSTALLATION AND ADJUSTMENT

FUNCTIONAL CHECKS

NOT AVAILABLE

SERVICE

SCHEMATICS

DISASSEMBLY (NOT INTENDED)

RENEWAL PARTS

PERIODIC MAINTENAVCE

111i (Blank)

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS SENTRY THREE AUTOMATIC COLLIMATOR

REV 18 DIRECTION 46-001414 (SM D5303C)

REVISION HISTORY - . L -

REV DATE REASON FOR CHANGE ~~ ~ ~~

- Jan 27, 1984 The predecessor to this manual, SM D5303C, used a different revwon control method The 1-2784 date is the last of many date codes for this manual

8 July 8 1985 General changes added new Chapter 4 to replace the functional check for meriy located in Section 3 of Direction 14039

9 July 14 1986 General rewsions removed OM D5303C (former Chapter 1 of SM D5303C) as a separate operation manual removed Chapter 2 from SM D5303C and replaced w th a new planning direction 17158

10 Feb 13, 1987 Updated page 7-45 11 Aug 7 1987 Add VRT and Hydradjust Collimators 12 Sept 23 1988 Update renewal parts 13 Mar 3 1989 Updates Table 3-1 Adds instructions if 5 x 7" cassette is not available

Makes corrections to schematics 14 Sept 19 1989 Update motor stall adjustment in Chapter 3 Section 21 Update light field

adjustment in Chapter 6 Section 1 Update resistor values on relay inter face board and add Note # 6 on page 7-49 Update renewal parts

15 April 20 1990 Update AR27 on page 9-29 of renewal parts 16 Nov 16 1990 Added Models 46-19475062 46-19475063 and 46-19475562 Updated

17 lMay 10 1991 Add hght Angle Adapter Kit D5304GB 18 Oct 18 1991 Update renewal parts

renewal parts

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

PAGE REVISION PAGE REVl S IO N PAGE REVl SI ON NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER

Title Page 18 3-9 16 3-35 11-2175

Damage in 3-10A 8 3-37 and 3-38 11-2175 3-10 8 3-36 7-274

Transportation - 3-10B Blank 3-39 and 3-40 8 3-4 1 7-274

Dir 46 013861 1

I1

iii and iv

TAB - CH 3 3-1 thru 3-111 3-1 and 3-2 3-3 3-4 3-5 3-6

3-7 3-8 ab

18 Blank 18

16 16 8 7-274 9 2-5 7 8

-

9 2-5 7 8

3-11 thm 3-16 3-17 3-18 and 3-19 3-20 and 3-21 3-22

3-23 thru 3-25 3-26 3-27 3-28 3-29 thm 3-31 3-32

3-33 3-34

7-274 16 7-274 11-2175 7-274

2-578

11-2175 7-274 2-578 11-2175

8

2-5 7 8 7-274

3-42 3-43

3-4 4 3-44A 3-448 3-4 5 3-46 3-47 and 3-48

3-49 3-5 0 3-51 and 3-52 3-53 3-54 and 3-55

8 11-2175

7-274 8 Blank 8 9 7-274

8 11-2175 7-274 2-578 7-274

111


REV 16 DIRECTION 46-001 41 4 (SM D5303C)

CHAPTER 3

SENTRY THREE AUTOMATIC COLLIMATOR NOTE For Sentry Three Automatic Collimator wlth XT Suspension, refer to Direction 14039,

Sections 1 and 2 for complete Installation and calibration procedures, respectively

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SECTION TITLE PAGE

INTRODUCTION 3 1

1 TOOLS AND MATERIALS 3-3

2 UNPAC K I NG (A, 3-4

3 SP EC I AL INSTALL AT I ON CONS1 D E RAT IONS 3 4

4 ATTACHING COLLIMATOR TO TUBE UNIT 4-1 Preliminary Steps 4-2 Tube Unit Collimator Interface Alignment

3-6 3 6 3 7 -

5 INSTALLATION OF SECOND BEAM CABLE TAKE UP - TUBE HANGERS ONLY 3-1 OA 5 1 3-1 OA

48-4 81 48 5

Installation on 48 4 Series Tube Hangers 5-2 Installation on 48 5 Tube Hangers 3 13

6 CONNECTION OF CABLES TO COLLIMATOR 3-1 5

7 SWITCH IDENTIFICATION BUTTON REPLACEMENT 3 17

8 ELECTRONICS PACKAGE INSTALLATION 8-1 Installation w t h 48-4 and 48 5 Tube Hangers 8-2 Installation with No 65 and 80 Tube Stands

3 18 3 18 3 20

9 SID INTERLOCK SWITCH INSTALLATION 3-23 3-27

Switch and Actuator Mounting Procedure, 65 Tube Stand- 3 32 Switch and Actuator Mounting Procedure, 80 Tube Stand 3-35

9 1 9 2 9 3

Switch and Actuator Mounting Procedure, 48 Tube Hanger

10 ASSEMBLY OF DUAL WALL CABLE TAKE UP - TUBE HANGERS ONLY 3 39 10 1 Installation of Cable Drop 3 39 10 2 Installation of Wall Take-up Strip 3 39

48 4 & 48 5

~~


REV 16

SECTION

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

I 9A

20


TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONTINUED)

TITLE PAGE

SUGGESTED ALTERNATE CABLE TAKE UP METHODS - 48 4 & 48 5 TUBE HANGERS ONLY 3-42

INTERCONNECTIONS 12 1 12 2 12 3 12 4 12 5

Connections to Tube Suspensions Connections to X Ray Tables Connections to Chest Units Connections to Ordograph I I Tomographlc Unit Connections to X Ray Control

3 43 3 43 3-46 3 47 348 3 48

HEIGHT-SENSING POTENTIOMETER ADJUSTMENT 3 50 13 1 3 50 13 2 3 52

Adjustment of Potentiometer with 48 4 or 48-5 Tube Hanger Adjustment of Potentiometer with 65 Tube Stand

13 3 Adjustment of Potentiometer with 80 Tube Stand 3-52

X RAY TUBE UNIT AND COLLIMATOR LEVELING 14-1 14 2

Longitudinal Direction Level Check and Adjustment Transverse Direction Level Check and Adjustment

353 3 53 3 53

METRIC SCALE LABEL ATTACHMENT (OPTIONAL) 353

ALIGNMENT OF BUCKY-CASSETTE TRAY MATING PARTS 3-56

GAINING ACCESS TO THE PRINTED CIRCUIT CARDS 17 1

17 2

Electronics Package Mounted on Tube Hanger Carriage Assembly Wall Mounted Electronics Package

3-60

3-60 3 60

FILM-TO FLOOR DISTANCE PROPORTIONAL VOLTAGE ADJUSTMENT 3-60 18 1 Adjustment for X Ray Table 3-60 18 2 Adjustment for Chest Unit Whose Image Receptor Can Be

Positioned Horizontally 3-62

SOURCE TO-IMAGE DISTANCE (SID) PROPORTIONAL VOLTAGE ADJUSTMENT 3-63 19 1 Table Horizontal SID Voltage Check! 3 63 19 2 Table Vertical SID Voltage Adjustment 3-65 19 3 Chest Unit SID Voltage Adjustment Image Receptor Vertical 3 66 19-4 Chest Unit SID Voltage Adjustment Image Receptor Hori

zonta I 3-66

P 5 L CROSSOVER ADJUSTMENT 3-67

DAMPING ADJUSTMENT 3-67

3-11

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS SENTRY THREE AUTOMATIC COLLIMATOR REV 16

SECTION

21

22

23

24

25

26

TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONTINUED)

TITLE

I-?


MOTOR STALL ADJUSTMENT

FIELD SIZE ADJUSTMENT 22 1 22 2 22 3

Adjustment for Table Cassette Size Sensing System Adjustment for Chest Unit Cassette Size Sensing System Adjustment for 14" x 17" Image Receptor Size Chest Unit

ADJUSTMENT OF QUANTAMAT FILM AREA SWITCHING

LARGE FIELD SIZE CHECK

TUBE ANODE CUTOFF CHECK AND ADJUSTMENT

PERFORMANCE OF FUNCTIONAL CHECK

PAGE

3 69

3-69 3-69 3 72 3 74

3 75

3 77

3-80

3-81

3-1 I I

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS

REV 16


DIRECTION 46-001 41 4 (SM D5303C)

CHAPTER 3 - INSTALLATION AND ADJUSTMENT

INTRODUCTION

These instructions cover installation and adjustment of the Models 46-1 77099G1, 46-19475OG1 , 46-19475OG2, 46-1 94750G3 46-1 94765G1 or 46-23371 7G1 Sentry Three Automatic Collimator, and the Models 46-1 77098G1 46-1 94755G1, 46-1 94755G2 or 46-23371 8G1 Sentry Three Automatic Mammography Collima- tor

Compatibility considerations and wiring requirements are covered in Sentry Three Automatic Collimator Planning Direction 46-01 71 58

The primary blades and the shutter assembly of the collimator have been adjusted at the factory to provide proper size and orientation of x-ray and light fields IMPROPER ALIGNMENT OF LIGHT AND RADIATION FIELDS,

JUSTMENT I EXCESSIVE PENUMBRA OR INSUFFICIENT COVERAGE MAY RESULT FROM IMPROPER INSTALLATION AND AD-

Kits associated with the Sentry Three Automatic Collimator are shown in Table 3-1

3- I


REV 16 DIRECTION 46-001414 (SM DSSOSC)

TABLE 3-1, KITS FOR SENTRY 111 AUTOMATIC COLLIMATOR

ADAPTER FOR VERTICAL CASSETTE HOLDER AT RIGHT ANGLE TO TUBE MIST GRAY

e

3-2

GENERAL ELECTRIC MEDICAL SYSTEMS SENTRY THREE AUTOMATIC COLLIMATOR

REV 8 SM D5303C-0

SEC 1 TOOLS AND MATERIALS + I I ?

In addition to tile standard serviceman's tool kit, the installer will require

14" x 17" screened cassette (14" x 14", or larger, fluoroscopic screen may be substituted if available)

Various different size cassettes 8" x lo", 10" x 12", 14" x 17"

Sentry Collimator Alignment Fixture (46-1663906 1)

Special wrenches furnished with collimator

Two double-ended thin open-end wrenches Allen wrench with 7" shank for 10-24 socket head machine screws

Digital Voltmeter Beckman 3030RMS or Fluke Model 8030A or equivalent

Oscilloscope Tektronix 564 or equivalent, dual trace, memory type with 1OX probes

HHS Field Test Kit, 46-17737261, including RAT pattern set 46216074Pl

,

3 3

-~

Copyrighto 1985 by General Electric Co

SEC 2 UNPACKING

When unpacking, carefully examine the contents of each box Do not discard packing material, envelopes, boxes, etc until a l l parts are accounted for

Should damaged or missing par ts be noticed, refer to the "Damage in Transportation" statement for instruc tions regarding transit damage or shortages

3 7/32

6-7/16

0 0 I

\ 1 114 INCH SQUARE HOLE REQUIRED

1 3/8 INCH DIA 1 [ HOLE OPTIONAL

- 7 5 1 g f 1137 4 16249 D11

ILLUSTRATION 3-1

SEC 3 SPECIAL INSTALLATION CONSIDERATIONS

1 I f a tube hanger is involved in the installation, check Table 3-2 before proceeding with installation of the collimator to see if any spacers are required between the tube unit and tube support (Applies to 48 4 Series Tube Hangers only no spacers are required with the 48 5 Tube Hanger 1

CAUTION BEFORE REMOVING THE TUBE UNIT FROM THE TUBE SUPPORT, RELIEVE TENSION ON THE COLUMN CABLES BY UNWINDING THE COUNTERPOISE SPRINGS UNTIL THE CABLES ARE SLACK DO NOT BACKWIND THE SPRINGS' REST THE TUBE UNIT ON THE TABLE TOP OR OTHER SUITABLE STRUCTURE

2 If an extension cylinder or other cone is to be used with the collimator, make sure the cone adapter plate includes a hole for access to the collimator measuring tape If necessary, add an access hole to the plate per Illustration 3 1

3 4


REV 9

48-4 TUBE

-

i TABLE32

SM D5303C

SPACERS REQUIRED ON 484 SERIES HANGERS

BETWEEN TUBE UNIT AND TUBE SUPPORT

BALANCE PLATE (46-177S78P1)

HANGER

TUBE UNIT MOUNTING PADS

(4) 1/4-20 x 518" HEX SOC HD CAP SCREWS

LOW PROFILE HD (2581 9)

WIO ORDOGRAPH

HEX HD SCREWS W/ORDOGRAPH 141 114-20 x 1-114"

COMBINATIONS

MAXIRAY 7518 and HRT TYPE CASINGS

SENTRY COLLIMATOR

NO ORDOGRAPH

WITH ORDOGRAPH

MAXIRAY 100-18

SENTRY COLLIMATOR

NO ORDOGRAPH

WITH ORDOGRAPH

H& HD SCREWS 217CGD20

SPACER REQUIREMENTS

BALANCE PLATE (FURNISHED WITH 48-4 HANGER) REQUIRED

BALANCE PLATE (FURNISHED WITH 48-4 HANGER) AND SPACER (FURNISHED WITH ORDOGRAPH II) REQUIRED

NONE REQUIRED

NONE REQUIRED

3 5 Copyright @ 1986 by General Electnc CO

SEC 4 ATTACHING COLLIMATOR TO TUBE UNIT

41 Preliminary Steps

Illustration 3 2 depicts the unit as shipped Prepare the collimator for attachment as follows

1 New Style Maxiray 7518N, Maxiray 100 or Maxiray 125 Tube Units (focal spot to accessory mount surface distance of 2-5/16)

Refer to Illustration 3 4 Fasten the furnished interface plate directly to the tube unit with the 9/16" hex eccentrics and the 10-32 x 3/4" hex hms (for MX 75 use 10-32 x 1/2" hex hms) furnished Do not tighten the machine screws a t this time

FI I I i

ILLUSTRATION 3-2

3-6

~~ ~ - -


I 7 THANDLE SHANK ALLEN WRENCH FURNISHED

- c

- c - - I

A - - - -

\

\ -

SM 05303C

ILLUSTRATION 3 3

4 2

The following procedure wll result in alignment of the central axis of the x ray beam and the center of the collimator blade and shutter arrangement It requires use of the collimator alignment fixture which is available from NPS (Part No 46-16639061) Incorrect alignment could result in lack of uniform radiation field density

1

Tube Unit - Collimator Interface Alignment

- - _ - --__ - __ -

Remove the protective plastic cap from the collimator alignment fixture Attach the alignment fixture to the interface plate with three 10-24 x 3/4” hex soc hms Use the 7“T-handle shank Allen wrench furnished with the collimator See Illustration 3-5

37 Copyright@ 1985 1986 by General Electric CO

- ~- ~ ~~

f

GENERAL ELECTRIC MEDICAL SYSTEMS SENTRY THREE AUTOMATIC COLLIMATOR I

- - 2-578 -

DIRECT MOUNTING WITH NEW STY LE MAXIRAY 75-18N, MAXIRAY 100 & MAXIRAY 125 TUBE UNITS

J I N T € R F S - v PLATE I

I

& ( 4 ) 9 / 1 6 A F HEX I ECCENTRICS

MOUNTS TO TUBE UNIT WITH (4) 1042 x 3/4 ' HEX SCREWS FORMXlWANDMX126 - or (41 10.32 x l/2" HEX HD SCREWS FOR MX 76

SM D5303C - -- -

1GJG2 1

ILLUSTRATION 3-4

I

21051 P l O



3 Rotate the tube unit and alignment fixture-900 from the normal over thetable position

W ARNlNG FOR PROPER APPLICATION DURING ALIGNMENT, USE THE FOLLOWING X RAY TECHNIQUES

SMALL FOCAL SPOT 60 KVP, 25 MA, 4 SEC

LARGE FOCAL SPOT 60 KVP, 200 MA, 2 SEC

THE ALIGNMENT FIXTURE IS DESIGNED TO PROVIDE SUFFICIENT RADIATION PROTECTION WHEN THE TUBE UNIT IS OPERATED AT OR BELOW THESE TECHNI

VALENT AT 150 KVP) ALREADY MOUNTED AT THE BOTTOM OF THE FIXTURE MA KES IT SAFE TO LOOK INTO THE FIXTURE WITH THE NAKED EYE HOWEVER,

OR OTHER PROTECTIVE MEDIUM SHOULD BE USED, IF AVAILABLE, TO AVOID

QUES A PIECE OF LEAD GLASS (MINIMUM LEAD CONTENT- 2 3 MM LEAD EQUI-

AS WITH ANY X-RAY EXPOSURE, A LEAD PROTECTIVE SCREEN, LEAD APRON, - - UNNECESSARY RADIATION EXPOSURE

4 Darken the roomand have an assistant make 60 KVP, 25s ma, 4 sec or 200L ma, 2 sec exposures Looking into the bottom of the alignment fixture, observe correlation of the x ray pattern with the crosshairs on the screen

,Observe the image of both the large and small focal spots (Because of tube alignment tolerances, the focal spots will not coincide images should be as shown in Illustration 3 6

Using the 9/16' hex eccentrics, shiftthe interface plate in the direction needed for correct alignment (Using the open end wrenches furnished with the collimator, rotate opposite eccentrics in opposite directions to shfl the interface plate position) Be sure to keep the interface plate square WIUI the mounting plate on the x-ray tube Repeat Steps 4 and 5 until alignment is satisfactory then tighten the 10.32 hex screws After tightening the screws, recheck the alignment to make certain It has not changed

Rotate the tube unit and alignment fixture back to the over-thetable position Remove the alignment fixture and replace the protective cap

When properly aligned, relationship of the crosshairs and focal spot

a 5

6

7

8

Attach the collimator to the interface plate using the 10-24 x 3/4 hex screws and Loctite 242 (Refer to Illustra- tion 3-3

Using the supplied T-handle Allen wrench, tighten each screw See the following note

NOTE WHAT IS MEANT BY TIGHTEN -You must keep an eye on theT-handle wrench and stop applying torque when you begin to see the T-handle shaft just start to twist Now the screws are considered to be tight

9 After each screw is TIGHT I, go back to each screw and apply 2 additional 114 or 90 degree twisting turns See the following note

NOTE WHAT IS MEANT BY TWISTING TURN - You will actually be seeing the 1-handle shaft twisting during the entire 1/4 or 90 degree additional turn

With this procedure you can be assured of acquiring the required 40-50 in/lb of torque to each screw

You can assist the turning of the T-handle wrench with a screwdnver or wrench, as long as you follow the above procedure step by step

3-9


REV 8 SM D5303C-0

Damage to the T-handle wrench will not occur after being used in the above procedure, you can continue to use the wrench dunng other collimator installations

NOTE BE CAREFUL1 Bumping the fingers projecting from the top of the collimator could bend them out of alignment

10 Adjust the tube hanger counterpoise system or tube stand counterweight system per the appropriate direction

NOTE Wrth the Maxiray 125 Tube Unrt, make sure the ballast (furnished with the 48 5 Hanger) is attached inside the collimator trim cover Make sure that it does not obstruct motion of the blades

Copyright @ 1985 by General Electnc Co 3-10


REV a 0 LARGE FOCAL

CROSSHAIRS . SPOT IMAGE

I 1

It::

1 .

I I

20019 R11

SMALL FOCAL SPOT IMAGE

TYPICAL LOCATION DIFFERENCE OF FOCAL SPOTS

SM D5303C 0

ILLUSTRATION 36

SEC 5 INSTALLATION OF SECOND BEAM CABLE TAKE-UP - 48-4 & 48 5 TUBE HANGERS ONLY

A second beam cable take-up must be installed within the tube hanger movable beam to accommodate the cables required for conveying the film size sensing signals from the Bucky to the collimator electronics package and for conveying the signals from other options to the electronics package Hardware for the second beam cable take up is furnished with the Cat No D5303CG Adapting Kit

The beam cable take up can be installed with the beam either on platforms or raised Since the beam must be in a lowered position to provide access to the top of the carriage assembly for adjustment of the height sensing potentiometer (unless there i s suff icient working room between the beam and the ceiling), it IS recommended that the take up system be installed with the beam a t a convenient working height Refer to the appropriate hanger directions if necessary to drop the beam and also for instructions pertaining to installation of the HV cable take-up

USE THIS 10-32 TAPPED 5 1 Installation on 48-4 Series Tube Hangers HOLE FOR MOUNTING

THE STEEL STRIP To install the take-up system, proceed as follows

1 Attach a cable take up bracket (See Illustration 3 7) to the 2” wide spring steel strip as shown in Illustration 3 8

CABLE TAKE UP BRACKET USED FOR INSTALLING THE SECOND BEAM CABLE TAKE UP ON THE 48-4 SERIES TUBE HANGERS

ILLUSTRATION 3 7

310A Copyright @ 1985 by General Electnc Co

i GENERAL ELECTRIC MEDICAL SYSTEMS SENTRY THREE AUTOMATIC COLLIMATOR

ILLUSTRATION 3-8

31 1

-- - - - --- - - - - L _c cI------ --- -- - GENERAL ELECTRIC MEDICAL SYSTEMS SENTRVTH R EE AUTO MATIC COLLIM ATOIR -

~

S M D5303C --e I&-- ---------- 7-274 I__---

Installation of the second beam cable take-up requires moving the transverse (lateral) lock to an alternate position

Detach the lock and remove the cable clamp fastened to the opposite axle See Illustration 3 9

LOCK WILL BE REAlTACHED TO TRANSVERSE(LATERAL)

REMOVE THIS AXLE LOCK CABLE CLAMP

REMOVE (2) 10-32 PAN HMS

// ILLUSTRATION 3-9 4605

Slide the end of the steel strip without the bracket attached under the rear carriage axle and over the front axle Continue sliding the strip while looping it in the movable beam until the attached bracket hits the front axle

Pull the strip down and fasten the other take-up bracket to it using a 10-32 x 1-1/4" screw and #10 lockwasher Put one of the 1" x 2" clamp plates on the screw and just start a 10-32 hex nut to hold it in place Be sure to assemble as shown in Illustration 3 8

Attach the transverse lock and the take-up bracket to the rear carraige axle (mounting holes available) using (2) 10-32 x 5/8" screws as shown in Illustration 3-8 Use one of the screws to refasten the lock lead cable clamp

Attach the other take-up bracket to the front carriage axle using (2) 10 32 x 5/8" screws.

Locate the two countersunk holes in the bottom of the beam and fasten the steel strip as shown in Illustration 3 10 Position a cable clamp plate on the screw towards the rear of the hanger and just start the nut

31 2

- - - - - - - _ GENERAL ELECTRIC MEDICAL SYSTEMS SENTRY THREE AUTOMATIC C O L L ~ M A ~ O R -

REAR FRONT CARRIAGE CAR R I AG E AXLE \ /AXLE

1032 HEX NUTS

17050.D10 10-32 x 7/8" FLAT HMS

10-32 x 5 / 8 / FLAT HMS

ILLUSTRATION 3 10

8 Put finishing touches on the transverse lock relocation as follows

a Pull the excess lead length through the t ie cords and cable clamps

b Remove the leads from terminals 20 and 25 of 3TS2

c Cut off the leads to lengths required for neat appearance

d Reterminate with 1/4" push on terminals (51 1A590P1)

e

f

Again mark the leads 20 and 25 and reattach to the proper terminals of 3TS2

Reset the lock to within 1/64" of the top of the movable beam x

5 2 Installation on 48-5 Tube Hangers

To install the take-up system proceed as follows

USE THIS 1032 TAPPED STEEL HOLE FOR MOUNTING THE

1 The cable take-up bracket shown in Illustration 3 11 IS furnished with the hanger It i s removed from the carriage assembly frame when the carriage and column assembly is mounted in the movable beam Attach this bracket to the steel strip as shown in Illustration 3 12 17046 D10

ILLUSTRATION 3 11

3 1 3

------- - -- --_-- --- - - _-- - -- P r GEZ~G~ELECTRIC MEDICAL SYSTEMS SENTRY THREE AUTOMATIC COLLIMATOR

0 SM D5303C - - - - - - ̂ ^

'& (1 x 2")

ILLUSTRATION 3 12

3 1 4

d -_ - -___ -- - SENTRY THREE AUTOMATIC COLLIMATOR

r---- - GENERAL ELECTRIC MEDICAL SYSTEMS

SM D5303C -- 7-274 a c -

2 Slide the end of the steel strip without the bracket attached under the rear carriage axle and over the front axle Continue sliding the strip while looping it in the movable beam until the attached bracket hits the front axle

3 Pull the strip down and fasten the other take-up bracket to it using a 10-32 x 1-1/4" screw and#lO lockwasher Put one on the 1 I' x 2" clamp plates on the screw and just start a 10-32 nut to hold it in place Be sure to assemble as shown in I llustration 3-1 2

4 Attach the take up bracket furnished with the hanger to the carriage assembly frame using the hex socket head screws

5 Attach the other bracket to the front carriage axle using (2) 1032 x 5/8" screws

6 Fasten the other end of the steel strip to the bottom of the beam as shown in I llustration 3-1 3 There are two countersunk holes about 5 feet from the rear of the beam on the bottom Position a cable clamp plate on the screw towards the rear of the hanger and just start the nut

PLATE I / (1 x 2") - ,&' ~ 1 0 3 2 H E X NUTS

10-32 x 5/8 ' FHMS -a 1705 la10

ILLUSTRATION 3 13

SEC 6 CONNECTION OF CABLES TO COLLIMATOR

To connect the lock and light cable and the servo cable, proceed as follows

1 Detach the connector housing cover See Illustration 3 14

2

3

4

Fasten the plugs on the cables to the jacks on the back of the collimator

Fasten the cables to the back of the collimator with the cable clamps See Illustration 3 15

Replace the connector housing cover

a 3 15

r - - c_ - . -*-- 7- GENERAL ELECTRIC MEDICAL SYSTEM< SENTRY THREE AUTOMATIC COLLIMATOR

*INDICATED CABLE CLAMP DESIGNATIONS ARE STAMPED ON THE OUTSIDE PERIMETER OF THE CLAMPS

DETACH COVER BY

COVER

ILLUSTRATION 314

USE A 10.32 x 1 /2" PAN h&S IN PLACE OF T)K ORIGINAL SCREW

SERVO CABLE

'LOCK 81 LIGHT CABLE

ILLUSTRATION 3 15

3-16

c


DIRECTION 46-001 41 4 (SM D5303C)

,\ 5 CI + - SEC 7 SWITCH IDENTIFICATION BUTTON REPLACEMENT

The collimator IS shipped with the following buttons installed * - -

[-zq(DETENTIIpq 1 2 3 4 5 6

Three extra buttons are furnished 2 "AUX" and 1 "STEREO" Replace Button 6 with the STEREO button if the unit is equipped with a vertical stereoshifter Replace Button 5 with an AUX button if there is no electrical detent Replace Button 4 with an AUX button if there is no electrical rotation lock

To change buttons, firmly pull out the existing button - use of a screwdriver should not be necessary and press the new button in firmly

*NOTE For Hydradjust Collimator Model 46-194765G1, there are no buttons

For VRT Collimator Models 46-233717G1 and 46-233718G1, and for Compax 4OOT Collimator Model 461947962 , the buttons are different than shown here

3 1 7

-ccT --- --- G E N ~ R A L ELECTRIC MEDICAL SYSTEMS SENTRY THREEAGTTMXTIC COLCGA~OF- --

- - - -- SM D5303C -- - I - 7-274

u

SEC 8 ELECTRONICS PACKAGE INSTALLATION

8 1 Installation with 48 4 and 48-5 Tube Hangers

The electronics package is attached directly to the front axle of the carriage assembly on the 48 4 Series Tube Hangers The electronics package is attached to the brackets welded to the front axle on the 48 5 Hanger Proceed as follows

1 Remove the 1/4-20 nuts from the two mounting studs on back of the outer box of the electronics package See Illustration 316

2, Detach the connector cover by removing the (2) 6-32 screws securing the cover to the standoffs.

3 Lift the electronics package into place as shown in Illustration 3 17

4 Replace the 1/4-20 nuts and tighten

5 Move the bumper assembly as shown in Illustration 318 to prevent the electronics package from striking the end cap

DETACH CONNECTOR COVER BY REMOVING THESE SCREWS 20684D10

ILLUSTRATION 3 16

3 1 8

- - - - - - -. -I

r, GENERAL ELECTRIC MEDICAL SYSTEMS SENTRY THREE AUTOMATIC COLTMATOR I

SM D5303C --___ _-A&---_-_&_ L -_ -__ - - - - - -_-- -

20691 D10

HOLES IN CARRIAGE AXLE 48 4 SERIES TUBE HANGERS

5/8 0 0 x 5 1 8 ' LG SPACER FURNISH ED

20692 D10

48 5 TUBE HANGERS

ILLUSTRATION 3 17

3 19

- [ ' J 7 I ( TRIC cr91 4 ' CVSTEMS SENTRY THREE AUTOMATIC COLLIMATOR

11-2175 S M 05303C - - - I _ _ --- - -

'OR 1 HOLES OR'IGINAL HOLES 485 FOR

HANGERS HANGERS

ILLUSTRATION 3-18

17044010

8-2 Installation with No 65 and 80 Tube Stands

When installing the collimator with one of these tube stands, a wall box is used to house the collimator electronics package With the No 65 Tube Stand, a suggested mounting location for the wall box is near the counterweight housing With the No 80 Tube Stand, a suggested location is near the HV Transformer However, in either case, take into account the cable lengths given in Chapter 2, Preinstallation, when determining a suitable location

Install the electronics package as follows

Remove the wall box cover and set aside

Attach the wall box mounting plate to the wall in the desired location See Illustration 3 19 for mounting details Depending upon the particular structure involved, use lag screws, toggle bolts, or anchors for m ounting

Detach the connector cover from the electronics package and discard Remove and discard the two hex standoffs See Illustration 3 2 0

Detach the shields from the electronics package and discard See Illustration 3 20

Loosen the electronics package cover by removing the (2) 6-32 screws shown in Illustration 3 21

Attach the furnished hex standoffs to the electronics package per Illustration 3 2 1

Refasten the electronics package cover

Attach the electronics package to the wall box mounting plate per Illustration 3 21

3-20

11-2175 - -

8 m -5114 -4 8-*


S M D5303C I__-_

h = F A L L E 7 ? I C J i D l 4 SYSTEMS - --

20584 0 10

_ _ _ -

(6) 114 DIA MOUNTING HOLES

WALL BOX MOUNT I NG PLATE

\

OPEN I NG 6 x 6 ~ 4 DEEF

-

c 3 112 -

I .- +Q

CENTER OF OF MOUNTING JUNCTION PLATE BOX

I I

I I I

.- --

REMOVE SHIELD AND DISCARD

\

REMOVE HEX STAN DO F FS AND DISCARD\

DISCARD

T 4 6

1 TO FLOOR

/ REMOVE SHIELD & DISCARD

20678P10

ILLUSTRATION 3 20

3 21

T- . ---- - - ---- 7 r TN E R AL EL~CTR IC- GE 6 IC AL-SYS~E MS SENTRY THREE AUTOMATIC COLLIMATOR

A S - -- ------a 7-274 -- - - - -- SM D5303C

1/4" LOCKWASHER

13/v RntlND \ ' 1/4 20 HEX NUT 1 3/8" HEX

STANDOFF NO GLOCKWASHER \ 1 ~ ..--._- I

.- I / \ \ A I s R / / 832HEXNUT \ \ N /

6-32 X 3 / 8 n PAN HMS

/ No 6 LOCKWASHER

DETAIL "A' N P 2 PLACES

ELECTRON I CS PACKAGE MOUNTING STUD

DETAIL "B' TYP 2 PLACES

STANDOFF

LOOSEN ELECTRONIC PACKAGE COVER BY REMOVING THIS

/ \ SEE DETAIL "B" SEE DETAIL "A"

20688020

ILLUSTRATION 3 21

3-22

7r Y F R r L F ECTPIC hqEQiC4L SYSTEMS SENTRY THREE AUTOMATIC COLLIMATOR

2 578 SM D5303C - -- - - - - - __-_-__ - - - - -

SECTION 9 SID INTERLOCK SWITCH AND ACTUATOR INSTALLATION

Actuator Positioning, General

Switches and actuators must be installed to signal collimator control circuitry when the tube unit is posi tioned a t specific, discrete S I D positions for vertical table or chest unit work Three discrete S I D positions are permitted for vertical table work and another three for vertical chest unit work Normally, these distances are those on the collimator field size scale selector, namely 44,48 and 60 or 72" Four situations governing switch and actuator requirements exist

CASE 1

CASE 2

Non angulating table and no chest unit -- no switches required

Non angulating table and chest unit -- 4 switches and 4 actuators required per Table 3 3

CASE 3 Angulating table and no chest unit -- 4 switches and 4 actuators required per Table 3 4 However, if a chest unit is to be added a t a future date, 7 actuators should be installed per Table 3 5

CASE 4 Angulating table and chest unit -- 5 switches and 11 actuators required per Table 3 5 ( Number of actuators required may be reduced if a table and chest unit S I D position happen to coincide - see Illustration 3 24 and the dis cussion following 1

TABLE 3-3

Switch and Actuator Requirements with Chest Unit

- S I D SWITCH AND ACTUATOR IDENTIFICATION

20 - 36" Switch A, Actuator A

S I D No 1 (44") Switch C, Actuator C

S I D No 2 (48") Switch D, Actuator D

S I D No 3 (60" or 72") Switch E, Actuator E

323


2 578

S I D

SM D5303C

TABLE 3-4

Switch and Actuator Requirements with Angulating Table

20" 36"

SWITCH AND ACTUATOR IDENTIFICATION

Switch B, Actuator B

S I D No 1 (44") Switch C, Actuator C

S I D No 2 (48') Switch D, Actuator D

S I D No 3 (60" or 72") Switch E, Actuator E

For this arrangement, the positions of the jumpers on Card A5, Logic Board (Illustration 1) must be changed as follows

Insert JB1 between Z1 and X1, JB2 between W2 and Y2 and 583 between V3 and X3

With this change, the S I D signals will appear to come from both table and chest unit, although there is no chest unit

(For the conditions given in Table 1 or 3, the jumper arrangement shown on Illustration 1 applies )

+90 0

JB4

00 90 0 0

V W X Y Z 46 18853261

I 1 20655D10

- - __ - NOTE JB4 is shown in the -90 position which IS used when the chest unit is off the foot end of the

table Should the chest unit be off the head end of the table, move the jumper to the +90 position

JUMPER ARRANGEMENT ON CARD A5.46-18853261 LOGtC BOARD

ILLUSTRATION 3-22

3 24

~~

GENERAL ELECTRIC MEDICAL SYSTEMS SENTRY TH R EE AUTO MATlC CO LLI M AT0 R

2-578

0 SM D5303C

TABLE 35

Switch and Actuator Requirements with Angulating Table and Chest Unit

SWITCH AND ACTUATOR IDENTIFICATION

SI D VERTICAL TABLE VERTICAL CHEST UNIT

20" 36" Switch B, Actuator B Switch A, Actuator A

S I D No 1 (44") Switch C&D, Actuators C&D Switch C, Actuator C

S I D No 2 (48') Switches D&E, Actuators D&E Switch D, Actuator D

S I D No 3 (60" or 72") Switches E&C, Actuators E&C Switch E, Actuator E

With both angulating table and chest unit, the 2 sets of required actuators may be separated or they may be mingled, depending on equipment layout and room size Collimator logic discriminates between the 2 sets of actuators since 2 switches must close for vertical table SID's while only one switch must close for the chest unit SI D's See Illustration 3 23 -

C & D D & E C & E E D C

PLANE

20656D10 ILLUSTRATION 3 23

SWITCH ROLLER

TABLE CHEST SID NO 1

;:,LE, SID

izF ACTUATORD

NO 2

ROLLER HEIGHT C ACTUATOR POSITIONS

A ACTUATOR POSITIONS B ACTUATOR POSITIONS PARTIALLY OVERLAP - NOT OK EXACTLY COINCIDE -OK ADJACENT TO EACH OTHER -OK (SWITCH WILL NOT OPEN

BETWEEN POSlTlONSI 20657 D10

EXACT OR PARTIAL COINCIDENCE, OR ADJACENT ACTUATOR POSITIONS FOR TABLE AND CHEST UNIT

ILLUSTRATION 3 24

3-25


REV 8 SM D5303C-0

With both angulating table and chest unit in the same room, there is a chance that there will be an oc casional conflict between actuator positions for the table and chest unit Illustration 3 24 shows what should be done in case of a conflict I f there is more than 3/4" overlap, move the chest unit so the two locations are exactly coincident as in Illustration 3-24 For coincident positions, a jumper change must be made on Card A5 per Table 3-5A to maintain proper collimator logic signals If, for example, Actuator D for table SID No 1 happens to coincide exactly with Actuator D for chest unit SID No 2, JB1 must be inserted between 22 and X2 If there is less than 3/4" overlap, move the chest unit so the PO positions are adjacent as in Illustration 3-24 Obviously, if the chest unit is already against the wall, it can be moved only in one direction If the above requirements are not met, either there will be a false signal sent to the collimator control cir cuitry, or there will be nonstandard SID not in aareement with the field size scale selector or with usual customer technics Lengthening the actuator IS not permitted since this would allow too much tolerance for the SI D position

TABLE 3 5 A JUMPER ARRANGEMENTS FOR SID COINCIDENCE

T O CONNECT

Table Vertical SID No 1

,,

Table Vertical Sid No 2 , ,,

Table Vertical SID No 3 8,

I

T O

Chest Unit SID No 1 Chest Unit SID No 2 Chest Unit SID No 3



- INSERT

JB1 JB1 JB1

JB2 582 JB2

JB3 JB3 JB3

BETWEEN 21 22 23

w1 w2 w3

v1 v2 v3

A& x1 x2 x3

Y1 Y2 Y3

x1 x2 x3

Kits Required For the XT Rad Suspension, the Cat No D5303DD Kit includes 5 switches, 7 actuators (1 long and 6 short ones), mounting brackets (one for inboard-mounted bridqes and a different one for outboard mounted bridges), interconnecting cable and hardware In Direction 14039, assembly details for the switches and actuators are explained For the 48 Tube Hangers, the C a t No D5303CG Kit includes 5 switches and 7 actuators (1 long and 6 short ones) together with mounting pans, cable and hardware

For the 65 Tube Stand, the Cat. No D5303CF Kit includes 5 switches and 7 actuators (1 long and 6 short ones) together with mounting parts, cable and hardware

For the 80 Tube Stand, the Cat No D5303DA Kit includes 5 switches and 7 actuators (1 long and 6 short ones) together with mounting parts, cable and hardware For the Vertical Bucky Stand, the Ca t No D5303CE Kit includes a height sensing switch assembly with its 2 actuators, and 4 SI D actuators (1 long and 3 short ones) together with the required hardware For the Hans Pausch Vertical Bucky Stand, the Cat No B5301C kit includes 4 actuators (1 long and 3 short ones) together wlth mounting parts, cable and hardware For other chest units, the Cat No D5303CH Kit includes 4 actuators (1 long and 3 short ones) together with the required hardware Additional Information STATIONARY

A SWITCH B ACTUATOR c w POSITIONS' ( E I

112 * SID POSITION SID POSITION

*For roper swrtctr-actuatron iocatm d-onsgiven- 40- mountmg holesforactuators MUSf be held within +/- 02" DO NbT convert the decimal dimensions given to the nearest convenient fractional equivalent

A & B are 1/2" from actual SID positions.

Copynght @ 1985 by General Elecmc Co 3-26


11-2175 SM D5303C

9-1

1

2

3

4

5 a

6

7

8

9

Switch and Actuator Mounting Proceduk, 48 Tu'be Hangers

Decide on which end of the rear beam end cap the switch assembly is to be mounted Bear in mind possible interference between this assembly and adjacent objects See Illustration's 3 25 thru 29 Referring to Illustration 3 25, put tape over the holes in the switch mounting plate that will not be used

Use the tape scale on the collimator to establish moveable beam positions corresponding to the SID positions selected Measure to the FILM PLANE, not the table top or front of the chest unit1 (Within layout limitations, the customer should decide on the SID positions SID's corresponding to those on the field size scale selector, the furnished markers, and standard x ray technics should generally be used 1

Temporarily attach Item 1 Switch Mounting Plate (less switches) to the end cap and the actuator mounting angle to the rear stationary rail, Illustration 3 26 Mark centers for the actuators on the mounting angle a t each SI D position using the holes in the mounting plate as a guide, including two marks for the 20" and 36" positions Paired actuators must be EXACTLY in line Note that switch and actuator positions depend on which side of the end cap the switch assembly is mounted

Remove mounting angle and switch mounting plate Assemble switches to mounting plate as shown on Illustration 3 2 5 Switch rollers must be a t exactly the same height with respect to the mounting plate The best procedure is to turn the inner nut al l the way in Secure the outer nut firmly

Connect Item 5 SID Interlock Switch Cable to switches per Table 3-6 and Illustration 26 or 27 Secure cable with item 5 bushing

- -

TABLE 3-6 CABLE CONNECTIONS TO SWITCHES

CABLE LEAD COLOR SWITCH SWITCH TERMINAL

ORN BRN YEL RED BLU BLK

C A D B E E

(Black jumpers connect all switch commons )

NO NO NO NO NO C

WIRING SIDE FEMALE 1P9

20WD.DIO

Drill and tap 6-32 mounting holes for the actuators into the mounting angle Assemble actuators to mounting angle and attach angle to stationary rail Mount the switch assembly on the beam end cap so the actuators are 1/8" from the angle surface

Check switch operation with an ohmmeter each switch or switch pair must close a t selected SID positions. Assemble Item 2 Cover, Illustration 3 26

Route SID interlock switch cable to 1P9 on the electronics package with the other cables when carry ing out the procedure in Section 12 \

Reference the SID positions selected by affixing the furnished pointer to the bottom of the rear end cap and the circular markers to the longitudinal cable concealment cover or other suitable surface Use one color for vertical table SID's and the other for chest unit SID's

3 2 7

- - - + GENERAL ELECTRIC MEDICAL SYSTEMS SENTRY THREE AUTOMATIC COLLIMATOR

' 7-274 -. SM D5303C -

HOLE USED 0 FOR SWITCH

HOLEUSED I 0 FOR BUSHING 3,8

HOLE NOT USED IN THIS CASE

1 1-74314 _I

1

J L

I I - 1 I

2 718 I 0

*

0 - 4

8 - 1 2 - 1 6

-

-

FRONT VIEW SWITCH LOCATIONS ON MOUNTING PLATE 48 TUBE HANGER ASSEMBLY MOUNTED ON HEAD END OF REAR BEAM END CAP

I

1 6 1 2

8 4

0

H 6b

I I 20658 D10 I

2 718 ' I 0

FRONT VIEW SWITCH LOCATIONS ON MOUNTING PLATE - 48 TUBE HANGER- ASSEMBLY MOUNTED ON FOOT END OF REAR BEAM END CAP

(SEE ABOVE FOR LEGEND)

ILLUSTRATION 325, CHANGE OF SWITCH ORIENTATION BECAUSE OF HEAD OR FOOT END MOUNTING OF SWITCH MOUNTING PLATE (REQUIRES CHANGE OF ACTUATOR POSITIONS)

48-4 & 48-5 TUBE HANGERS

3-28

- GENER c = n - ~ o c r 3 'TOVATIC COLL IMAT09 -

- I __--_ svl 1 5 J T FRONT VIEW - - - - - - _- -

SIDEVIEW - - 2-578 REAR STATIONARY RAIL I - 3

MOVABLE BEAM FOUR BLK LEADS FURNISHED

1/8

SCREW

MOUNTING ANGLE 5/

- -- NOTE! MOUNT SWITCHES (P13) TO BRACKET (P1) BEFORE MOUNTING BRACKET TO

0 -

END CAP ALL SWITCH ROLLERS SHOULD PROTRUDE FROM THE 0 BRACKET THE SAME DISTANCE MOUNT BRACKET SO THAT DISTANCE FROM ALUMINUM ANGLE TO ROLLER IS 1/8" SEE DETAIL ABOVE

I

I 6 ROUTE CABLE THRU BEAM TAKE UP TO

1 SWITCHPLATE 2 COVER 5 BUSHING 1P9 OF SENTRY 6 CABLE ELECTRONICS 7 6 32 x 3/8' FHMS (6) PACKAGE 12 10 32 x 3/8 BHMS (2) 1 BSWITCH, SPDT (5)

I

20659 D21

MOUNTING OF SWITCH ASM ON HEAD END SIDE OF REAR BEAM END CAP

,REAR STATIONARY RAIL /-

FOOT END

I - 72 SID NO 3 SID NO 3

2- I - STATIONARY

RAIL l o - .

6--.

0-L

MOUNTING ANGLE POSITIONS

E---Z---. <FOR SWITCH ACTUATORS PLANE

SECTION H H I

VERTICAL TABLE NOTE ACTUATORS FOR TABLE

ARATED FOR CLARITY BUT MAY BE MINGLED IF NECESSARY

CHEST UNIT OR BUCKY STAND

& CHEST UNIT ARE SHOWN SEP

206740 10

ARRANGEMENT OF ACTUATORS FOR SID SWITCHES A THRU E

ILLUSTRATION 3-26, SID SWITCH AND ACTUATOR MOUNTING ON 48 TUBE HANGERS SWITCH ASM MOUNTED ON HEAD END OF REAR BEAM END CAP (PREFERRED POSITION)

829


- a SM D5303C -- - -- 2 578 L..

FOUR BLK LEADS FURNISHED WITH

SWITCH B

SWITCH "A"

ORN LEAD

20676-D10

MOUNTING OF SWITCH ASM ON FOOT END SIDE OF REAR BEAM END CAP

REAR STATIONARY RAIL

FOOT END

- 60 OR 60' OR- 32 7Y I

fi PLANE

SWITCH ACTUATOR- D----- 1 0

SECTION H H

NOTE ACTUATORS FOR TABLE &CHEST UNIT ARE SHOWN SEP ARATED FOR CLARITY BUT MAY BE MINGLED IF NECESSARY

'A G. VERTICAL TABLE

-STATIONARY RAIL

MOUNTING ANGLE FOR W I T C H ACTUATORS

CHEST UNIT OR BUCKY STAND

20660 R l O

ARRANGEMENT OF ACTUATORS FOR SID SWITCHES A THRU E

CABLE

ILLUSTRATION 3 27, SID SWllTCH & ACTUATOR MOUNTING ON 48 TUBE HANGERS SWITCH ASM MOUNTED ON FOOT END OF REAR BEAM END CAP

330

- _ _------------ - -- - -- - GENERAL ELECTRIC MEDICAL SYSTEMS

SM D5303C ----A_- - - _- - - -__- - - - - - - - - ---I__

2-578

I

, REAR STATIONARY RAIL

I I 1 1 I I H c l I l c 4 ~ OR44 -60 or72 I 4- 20 -40 OR44 c 6 0 or72

6 3 6 4 - 4 8 4- 4 8

(40 48 60 OR 72 SID S ARE SUGGESTED BUT ANY SID S WITHIN 85 MAX MAY BE SET UP)

FILM PLANE

VERTICAL TABLE

CHEST UNIT OR BUCKY STAND NOTE ACTUATORS FOR TABLE UATOR POSITIONS

& CHEST UNIT ARE SHOWN SEP ARATED FOR CLARITY BUT MAY BE MINGLED IF NECESSARY 20661 010

ILLUSTRATION 3 28, ACTUATOR POSITIONS WITH SWITCH ASM MOUNTED ON HEAD END OF 48 TUBE HANGER REAR BEAM END CAP (PREFERRED POSITION)

, REAR STATIONARY RAIL

(40 48 60 OR 72 SID S ARE SUGGESTED BUT ANY SID S WITHIN 85 MAX MAY BE SET UP)

- VERTICAL TABLE

CHEST UNIT OR 8UCKY STAND NOTE ACTUATORS FOR TABLE

& CHEST UNIT ARE SHOWN SEP ARATED FOR CLARITY BUT MAY BE MINGLED IF NECESSARY

2 , E, 18, B, 14,

D, 10- MOUNTING ANGLE

ACTUATOR POSITIONS SECTION H H

20662 R10

ILLUSTRATION 3 29, ACTUATOR POSITIONS WITH SWITCH ASM MOUNTED ON FOOT END OF 48 TUBE HANGER REAR BEAM END CAP

3-31


11-2175

PARTS LIST

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8 9 10 12

SUPPORT BRACKEl SW MTGPLATE COVER ADAPTER PLATE BUSH I NG SWITCHES (5) ACTUATOR (6 ) (SMALL) CABLE MARKER SET POINTER BHMS 6-32 x 3/8 ‘ (6)

13 BHMS 1032 x 112’ (6)

14 NUT 10-32 (6) 15 FHMS,

6 32 x 1/2 ‘ (6) OR DOUBLE BACK

SM D5303C - _ -

A

TUBE STAND UPPER SUPPORT RAIL

l4 111 SWITCHESE D C B & A

r ADHESIVE TAPE

SWITCH SHANK 16 ACTUATOR LONG

FOUR BLK LEADS

CABLE FURNISHED (p8) WITH y391 B LK BLU YEL ORN \ LEAD LEAD LEAD LEAD

20663020

BOlTOM VIEW

ILLUSTRATION 3 30, SWITCH ASSEMBLY MOUNTING AT TOP CF COLUMN, 65 TUBE STAND

9 2 Switch and Actuator Mounting Procedure, 65 Tube Stand

The switches and actuators are arranged as shown on Ill’s 3 30 and 31 The tube stand must be fully assem bled, including tube unit and collimator, before proceeding The swtch assembly must be mounted off center to clear the HV cable support

1 Use the tape scale on the collimator to establish column positions corresponding to the SID positions selected Measure to the FILM PLANE, not the table top or front of chest unit1 (Within layout limitations, the SI D positions should be decided on by the customer SI D’s corresponding to the field size scale selector, the furnished markers, and standard x ray technics should generally be used 1

2 Indicate the SID positions selected by affixing furnished pointer to the top of the column and the circular markers to the front lip of the upper rail Use one color for vertical table SID’s and the other for chest unit SID‘s

3-32

- - - _i- - - GENERAL ELECTRIC MEDICAL SYSTEMS SENTRY THREE AUTOMATIC COLLIMATOR

2 5-78 , - - SM D53OZC- ----------- .. - - - J \.

REAR n

ACTUATORS

SID NO 3 - 60 OR 72

SID NO 1 SID NO 2 6 4 0 O R 4 4 -48

@ HOLE NOT USED

20684.010 0 CABLE BUSHING (EITHER SIDE1

0 HOLE FOR SWITCH I

DETAl L A TOP V I M

SEE DETAIL A t

3 VERTICAL TABLE

SID NO 2

60 OR 72 SID NO 3

FRONT VIEW

60 OR 72 SID NO 3

48 SID NO 2 SID NO 1

BUCKY STAND

FILM PLANE

OR UNIT CHEST A NOTE SWITCH COMBINATIONS D+E & C+E MUST BE U ACTUATED SlMU LTANEOUSLY

20664 010

ILLUSTRATION 3 31, SWITCH AND ACTUATOR ARRANGEMENT FOR 65 TUBE STAND (REVERSE LONGITUDINAL ORDER OF ACTUATORS FOR CHEST UNIT IF IT IS LOCATED OFF HEAD END OF TABLE INSTEAD OF THE FOOT END AS SHOWN 1

3 33

_ _ - _ _ _ - - - _ _ _ _ _ _ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - GENERAL ELECTRIC MEDICAL SYSTEMS SENTRY THREE AUTOMATIC COLLIMATOR

- -

-- SM D5303C - ---- 7-274

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

Use tape to cover holes in switch mounting plate that will not be used, Ill 3 31 Make a subassembly of Items 1, 2 and 4, I l l 3 30, and temporarily mount it to the top of the column as shown Adjust assembly in slots so the mounting plate is as close as possible to the upper support rai l

With the tube stand positioned a t each SID, mark locations for actuators I l l 3 31, on the underside of the support rail using a pencil thru the hole(s) for the SID switches Do this carefully accuracy is important1 For Actuators A and B, make 2 marks, one a t 20" SID and the other a t 36" SID Paired actuators must be exactly in line

Remove the subassembly from the top of the column, remove tape and assemble switches as shown on Ill 3 30 and 31 All rollers must be exactly the same height with respect to the mounting plate This IS best done by turning the inner mounting nut all the way into the switch Tighten outer nuts securely

Connect the SID interlock switch cable leads per Table 36 and as shown on Ill 330 Secure cable with bushing Mount cover, Item 3 to switch assembly

Reinforce the pencil marks made previously for SID positions by using a steel scriber (scratchall) Clean under surface of upper support a t SI D positrons Verify that paired actuator positions are exactly opposite to one another Drill and tap 6-32 mounting holes for the short actuators if they have mounting holes Otherwise secure them with doubleback adhesive tape as must be done to secure the long actuators Actuators must be centered exactly with reference marks laterally and longitudinally

Mount switch assembly to the top of the column as shown on Ill 3 30 The switch rollers must be exactly 118' from the underside of the upper support rail

Check switch operation with an ohmmeter each switch or switch pair must close a t the SID positions

Route SI D interlock cable when carrying out procedure in Section 12 The cable connects to 1P9 on electronics package

3-34


1 1-21 75 SM D5303C -9 3--- Switch and Actuator Mounting Procedure, 80 Tube Stand

The following procedure should be done BEFORE the column is erected It is difficult, but not impossible to do it with the column erected

1 Referring to 111 3 32, assemble switches, Item 3, to mounting bracket, Item 1 Do not attach leads a t this time

Detail C indicates that the inner nuts must be screwed in far enough so that after the switch is secured by the outer nut, there should be exactly 118" of exposed thread outside of the nut Doing this will accomplish two things the rollers will be in the same plane and after final assembly of the column, the rollers will be about 1/8" from the floor plate surface

2 Engage the switch assembly on the base of the column as shown on Section B B

Remove the two lower nuts securing the base to the bottom of the column, put on the Item 18 washers and engage the switch assembly Tighten the nuts

An 11/16 socket will fit on these nuts Should engagement of the switch assembly be attempted with the column erected, a 3/8 drive wrench, 6" extension and a universal joint will be needed The foot end nut will be a t somewhat of an angle If it cannot be loosened, the column must be taken down to get a t it

3 Referring to 111 3 33, connect Item 9 Cable at top of column Table 3 7 shows connections a t both top and bottom of the column

TABLE 3-7, SID INTERLOCK SWITCH CONNECTIONS

ITEM 9 34PL5 AT TOP COLUMN INTERNAL 12" BLK SWITCH CABLE OF COLUMN CABLE EXTENSIONS NUMBER TERMINAL

orn brn Ye1 red blu blk

Ring out six available splice C NO A NO

1 multicolored leads at top

2 and bottom of column D NO 3

splice (At top of column, four leads " B NO already connected to 34PL5) ' E NO 4

,I

1 ,

splice as indicated B C ,, (Black jumpers connect a l l switch commons )

Since connections of the multicolored leads to 34PL5 cannot be checked readily, BE SURE TO RING OUT connections between Item 9 Cable leads and the multicolored leads a t the bottom of the column

The red/wht/blk and orn/wht/blk leads, which must be spliced a t the top of the column, may be laid back and under a clamp

4 Connect the switches per Table 3 7 and Ill 332, and check with an ohmmeter a t the plug end of Item 9 Cable that each switch closes when i t s roller is depressed See plug diagram Depressing Switch C roller would give continuity between ORN & BLK, for example

20690D10

3 35

I I,

----- . - - h - - .- - . - _ - GENERAL ELECTRIC MEDICAL SYSTEMS SENTRY THREE AUTOMATIC COLLIMATOR

7-274 - - - - - SM - D5303C .. REAR

C&D D&E C&E E D C

TABLE SID S

DETAIL A ACTUATOR ARRANGEMENT FOR 80TUBE STAND (TOP VIEW)

CHEST UNIT SID S

NOTE SEE TABLES 34 AND 3 5 FOR TABLE ACTUATOR ARRANGEMENT WHEN THERE IS NO CHEST UNIT

SEE DETAIL A

\ FLOOR RAIL ~ BASEASM-

BASE TRIM COVER (NOTBH AS REQUIRED TO

PLATE DETAl L C

FIT ITEM 1) n

20665D30

ILL 332, SWITCH & ACTUATOR ARRANGEMENT FOR 80 TUBE STAND

3-31;


11-2175

. G-". -5 I

HEIGHT SENSING POT \

9, SID INTERLOCK

CONNECT PER TABLE 3 7

CABLE -

34PK VERTICAL LOCK 34PL1

ITEM

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

10

t

SM D5303C -

SUPPORT ASM MOUNTING PLATE

/

I II I II I II I II I II I I I I II

INTERNAL CABLE TO BOlTOM OF

7 .--I I I1 I I

I II I II I I I I II I II

---I . II .. \ COLUMN

ILL 333, TOP OF 80 TUBE STAND COLUMN (TURNED 90°T0 THE RIGHT)

PARTS LIST

DESCRIPTION

Switch Mounting Bracket Cover Switch, 5 used, spdt Bind hms, 6-32 x 1/2", 2 used 13668, Connector, 6 used 12858, Connector, 2 used 45918, Lug, 4 used Cable Clamp, TA713D08 Cable Plate, Mounting

ITEM

11 12 13 14 15 17 18 19

DESCR I PTlON

Actuator, long Actuator, short FHMS, 6-32 x 3/8", 8 used Marker Set Pointer Adhesive 318" Washer, 2 used T9005E, Strap, T Y 23 M (25)

3 3 7

5

6

7

8

9

10


11 2175 SM D5303C

I f not already done, erect the tube column and complete the installation and adjustment of the tube a stand per Service Manual SM 82080 BE CAREFUL NOT TO DAMAGE THE SWITCH ASSEMBLY!

Install SID pointer, Item 15, on small bracket on wall support (if wall mounted) or on upper extension assembly if ceiling mounted Use the tape scale on the collimator to establish column positions cor responding to the SI D positions selected Measure to the FI LM PLANE, not the table top or front of chest unit! (Within layout limitations, the SID positions should be decided on by the customer SI D's corresponding to the field size scale selector, the furnished markers and standard x ray technics should generally be used 1

I f there is both an angulating table and a chest unit and some of the SI D positions are within 1 1/2" of one another, refer to ACTUATOR POSITIONING, GENERAL in the foregoing text

Using the marker set, Item 14, indicate SI D positions one color for the table and the other color for the chest unit The markers can go on any surface adjacent to the pointer

Install Item 10 Actuator Mounting Plates on the floor, butting against the tube stand ftom rai l as shown on Ill 3 32

By moving the tube stand throughout the SID range(s) and observing switch travel, the longitudinal position of the two 60" long plates with respect to the floor rail can be determined

The two plates must be carefully shimmed so they are in exactly the same plane as the floor rai l Otherwise, the switches may actuate in one place but not in another Also, the plates must be level front to back for the Same reason Bear in mind that the switch rollers should be 1/8" +/ 1/16" from the plates throughout the SID positions I f outside of the + tolerance, the actuators can be shimmed If outside the tolerance, see Step 2 above Secure the plates to the floor with hardware consistent with buildmg construction The mounting holes, 0 187" dia, provide clearance for #8 screws

A t each SID position, mark on the floor plate the switch mounting bracket edge position, either the foot end side or the head end side, but be consistent

Using the dimensions given on Ill 332, establish actuator centers corresponding to switch roller cen ters for each SID position Do this carefully accuracy is important For Actuators A & B, make two marks, one a t 20" SID and the other a t 36" SID Paired actuators must be exactly in line The actu ator pattern should be like Detail A, Ill 332, i f the chest unit is off the foot end as shown The order for the chest unit actuators will be reversed if the chest unit is off the head end side

Drill and tap 6 32 holes in the floor plates for the actuators, Item s 1 1 and 12 Secure them temporarily with the Item 13 screws Verify switch operation as in Step 4 above I f ok, secure the actuators with Item 17, Adhesive and the 6 32 x 3/8" fhms Assemble Item 2 Cover, Ill 3 32

3 3 8


REV 8 SM D5303C-0

SEC i o ASSEMBLY OF DUAL WALL CABLE TAKE-UP - e 4 AND 485 TUBE HANGERS ONLY

The rear members of the wall take up system should have been installed with the stationary rails per installation instructions for the particular tube hanger involved (Assembly on an existing single wall cable take up system requires removal of the front coversand unfastening of the HV cable takeup strip from the bottom of the cable trough 1

10 1 Installation of Cable Drop

1 Using the dimensions given in Illustration 3 34, make the cable drop cut-out and drill (3) i /4" holes in the bottom center of the wall cable take up trough

2 Mount the cable drop using (3) 1032 x 5/8' pan hms

10 2

While cable take up strip orientation may differ from one installation to another, the basic procedure will not

InstallaQon of Wall Take-up Strip

1 Lay the 2 3/4" wide spring steel strip in the wall cable take-up trough as shown in Illustration 3-34

2 Attach the steel strip to the cable take-up bracket as shown in Illustration 3 35

3

4

Mount the take up bracket to the end cap as shown in Illustration 3 35

Position the unattached end of the steel strip along the bottom of the wall take-up trough so that full beam travel is possible

@ 5 Cut the steel strip and redrill the 1/4" mounting holes to suit the installation involved See Illustration

336 Use tin snips to cut the strip Be sure to heat the strip with a propane torch before attempting to drill the holes

6 Drill holes m the bottom of the cable trough to accept the screws for fastening the spring steel strip

7 Mount the strip to the bartom of the trough as shown in Illustration 3-36

Install the wall take up strip for the hanger HV cables in the same manner Route the HV cables, the in coming power cable, and the stator cable through the wall take-up system per installation instructions for the particular tube hanger involved

When routing the collimator cables through the take-up system, use the cable clamp to firmly clamp the cables a t the ends of steel strip and use the spring clips to hold the cables in place along the steel strip Remember to lubricate between the cables and the steel strip with Vaseline

3-40


SM D5303C-0 REV a

ATTACH TO TUBE HANGER MOVABLE BEAM END CAP

I

AUTOMATIC COLLIMATOR

ATTACH TO TUBE HANGER MOVABLE BEAM

20667 D2O

CABLE

WALL CABLE CONCEALMENT (DOUBLE WALL CABLE TAKE-UP)

ILLUSTRATION 3-34

v - c -- --_I_ -- - - _*- - ------ SENTRY THREE AUTOMATIC COLLIMATOR

* . 1 + - A - SM D5303C

r --T - .. I GENERAL ELECTRIC MEDICAL SYSTEMS

i o 32 wa 10 32 x 1 114 PAN HMS

NO 10 LOCKWASHERS

0 32 HEX NUTS

i o 32 wa

NO 10 LOCKWASHERS

NO 1

10 32

ILLUSTRATION 3 35 ?+%- FLATWASHERS

I I NO 10LOCKWASHERS 10 32 HEX NUTS

20668Dl0

10 32 HEX NUTS

0 LOCKWASHERS

FLAT WASHERS 10 32 HEX NUTS

BEVEL WASHERS

x 1 1/4" PAN HMS

20669010 ILLUSTRATION 3 36

3-4 1


REV 8 SM D5303C-0

SEC 11 SUGGESTED ALTERNATE CABLE TAKE-UP METHOD - 48-4 & 48-5 TUBE HANGERS ONLY

I f the rear wall cable take up i s used for the hanger HV cables and Fluoricon intensifier cables, it is recom mended that the automatic collimator cables be draped from the bottom of the wall take-up housing I f this is done, a cable exit hole must be drilled in the le f t beam member and suitable bushed (order Part No 47516-Bushing and specify length), to allow the cables to drop down in front of the housing Also, the HV and Fluoricon cables must exit from the rear of the cable take-up housing instead of from the bottom

Alternatives to the above method of handling three or more sets of cables are

1 Drape eables from the rear rail and use the wall take-up on the front rai l

2 Use two wall take ups, one on the front and one on the rear rail

3 By means of brackets, offset the drapery track toward the front from the bottom of the wall take up This avoids blocking bottom cable exit from the take up Care must be taken to avoid protrusion of screws into the housing where they will interfere with the take-up

4 Drape al l cables from the rear stationary rail and omit wall cable take up The collimator cables can be grouped with the HV and the LV cables

Should cable drape parts be needed in excess of the one track, carriers and hardware furnished with the tube hanger, order 46-1 60954G 1 Cable Drape Parts. This listing consists of two tracks plus the necessary carriers and hardware

Copyright @ 1985 by General Electnc CO 3-42


11i2175 SM 05303C -

SEC 12 INTERCONNECTIONS

This section describes connections required between the collimator, electronics package, and other equip ment Some interconnections may have been made when installing another subsystem component but are repeated here for completeness and verification Other interconnections should be made as listed Look over the general headings, pick out the specificsubsystem components involve(! in the installation, and make al l interconnections listed for these items

12 1 Connections to Tube Suspensions

Information given is general in nature For specific cable routing details refer to the installation instruc tions for the particular tube suspension involved

A 48 4 Tube Hanger Connections

Connect the height-sensing pot cable to "P5" on the electronics package

a

b

c

Connect the collimator power cable to "P6" on the electronics package

Mate the power cable and the power cable extension

Connect the leads of the power cable extension to the terminal strip on the rear of the vertical column (3TS2) per markings

Connect the servo cable to "P7" on the electronics package and "Pl" on the collimator

a

b

a

b

Check for diodes connected between the following points

On rear of 2TB1 (Terminal board in the rear beam end cap)-

Connect the SI D interlock cable to the required switches per Section 9

Connect the SID interlock cable to "P9" on the electronics package

Connect the lock and light cable to "P2" on the collimator

Connect the leads of the lock and light cable to 3TS2 per markings

2TB1 20 0-w-42TB1-26

2TB1 140-02TBl 22

ZTB1 140-02TB1 16

On 3TS2 (Terminal strrp on the rear of the vertical column) -

3TS2 20 0-03TS2 25

3TS2 23 0-03TS2-27

On 3TS1 (Terminal strip on stereo shifter assembly) -

3TS1-3 O-OJTSl 2

3-43

-- - - - .-. - - I - __ -XERAL ELECTRIC 'MEDICAL SYSTEMS SENTRY THREE AUTOMATIC COLLIMATOR I

- A - - _ -a SM D5303C 7-274

If any of the diodes are not in place, install the furnished 1 N5062's

7 If the stereo shift option is included, remove jumper bar W143 on Card A4 in the electronics package

8 48 4C (Model 461659362] Tube Hanger with mammography collimator Connect the ORN and BLU leads of the tube hanger incoming cable to 2TB1 17 and 18 respectively

B 48 5 Tube Hanger Connections

1 Connect the height sensing pot cable to "P5" on the electronics package

2 a

b

c

3 a

b

c.

4 a

b

Connect the collimator power cable to "P6" on the electronics package

Mate the power cable and the power cable extension

Connect the power cable extension to 3P3 on the rear of the vertical column

Connect the servo cable extension to "P7" on the electronics package

Mate the servo cable and the servo cable extension

Connect the servo cable to "Pl" on the collimator

Connect the SID interlock cable to the required switches per Section 9

Connect the SID interlock cable to "P9' on the electronics package

5 Connect the lock and light cable to "P2" on the collimator and to "3P2" on the rear of the vert ica I co lu mn

C No 65 Tube Stand Connections

1

2

Connect the height sensing pot cable to "P5" on the electronics package

Connect the harness assembly in the electronics package wall box to "P6" and "P8" on the e I ect r o n i cs pa c kag e

Connect the collimator lamp supply cable to the terminal strip in the wall box (AlTS2) and to the terminal strip a t the top of the le f t vertical column (2TS2l-

3

LEAD COLOR AlTS2 TERMINAL 2TS2 TERMINAL

WHT 3 7 BLK 2 6 GRN G ND GND

3-44

,


REV 8 SM D5303C-0

TABLE 3-2A

P 2

P 3

P4

P5

P 6

P 8

P9

CABLE ROUTING IN WALL BOX FOR 80 TUBE STAND - - ILLUSTRATION 3-36A

3-44A Copyrighto 1985 by General Electric Co


REV 8 SM D5303C-0

4 Connect the collimator power cable to AlTS2, route through conduit to the x-ray control and connect a t the control

LEAD COLOR AlTS2 TERMINAL FUNCTION AT CONTROL+

WHT 6 11 7 VAC (A21 BLK 5 0 VAC ( A l l GRN GND G ND

"See instructions for the x ray unit involved for specific terminal connections

5 Connect the servo cable to "P7" on the electronics package and "Pl " on the collimator

6 a Connect the SID interlock cable to the required switches per Section 9

b Connect the SID interlock cable to "P9" on the electronics package

7 a Connect the lock and light cable to "P2" on the collimator

b Connect the leads of the lock and light cable to 2TS2 per markings Tape up the unused BLU, GRN and YEL leads

8 Install the furnished 1N5062 diodes between the following points

2Ts110-0 2Ts12

zTS310+0 2Ts32

zTS4-10-0 2Ts42

D No 80 Tube Stand Connections See Illustration 3-36A

1 Connect the height sensing pot cable to "P5" on the electronics package

2 Connect the harness assembly in the electronics package wall box to "P6" and "P8" on the electronics package

3 Connect the collimator power cable to the terminal strip in the wall box (AlTS2), route through conduit to the x ray control and connect a t the control

LEAD COLOR AlTS2 TERMINAL FUNCTION AT CONTROL*

WHT 6 117 VAC (A21 BLK 5 0 VAC (A11 GRN GND GND

*See instructions for the x ray unit involved for specific terminal connections

4 Connect the servo cable to "P7" on the electronics package and "Pl" on the collimator

5 a Connect the required SID interlock switches to the tube stand internal interconnecting cable per Section 9

b Connect the SID interlock cable to 'lP9'' on the electronics package

3 45 CopyngM @ 1985 by General Electnc Co


REV 9 SM D5303C e 6 Connect the lock and light cable to "P2" on the collimator (Other end of cable connected to

34PL2 a t the factory 1

12 2 Connections to X Ray Tables

Information given is qeneral in nature Refer to the appropriate interface diagram in Chapter 7, Schematics for complete wiring details

A.

B

C

D

Monitrol90 Table Connections

1 Connect the table interconnecting cable to "P2" on the electronics package, route through take up systems, conduit, etc into the wall junction box and connect to 2TS5 per markings Remove the tape from the GRA lead and connect to 2TS5-10 Leave the W HT, WHT/BRN and WHT/BLK leads taped up

Clamp the cable to the junction box

2 Connect the leads of the tagged cable in the junction box to-base area harness to 2TS5 per mark ings

Clamp the cable to the junction box

3 At the Bucky, remove the YEL lead of the cassette size sensing cable from 12TS2 2, remerk it "4" and connect it to 1 2TS2-4 Connect a jumper between 12TS2 2 and 12TS2 3

Monitrol 15 Table Connections

1 Connect the table interconnecting cable to "P2" on the electronics package, route through take up systems, conduit, etc to the table base terminal area and connect to 1TS3 per markings Leave the unused WHT, GRA, WHT/BRN and WHT/BLK leads taped up

At the Bucky remove YEL lead of the cassette size sensing cable from 12TS2-2'. remark it 4 and connect It to 12TS2-4' Connect a jumper between 12TS2-2' and 12TS2-3' '12TS2 refers to the jack at the back of the Bucky

Connect the table interconnecting cable to "P2" on the electronics package, route through take up systems, conduit, etc to the table base terminal area and connect to 1TS2 per markings Leave the unused WHT, GRA, WHT/BRN and WHT/BLK leads taped up

2

No 73 Horizontal Table Connections

1

2 At the Bucky, remove the YEL lead of the cassette size sensing cable from 12TS2 2, remark it "4" and connect it to 12TS2-4 Connect a jumper between 12TS2-2 and 12TS2 3 and between 12TS2 1 and 12TS2-4

No 77 Cath Table

1 Connect the table interconnecting cable to "P2" on the electronics package, route through take up systems, conduit, e t c to the table distribution box and connect to 2TS2 per markings Remark the YEL lead of the cable "4" and connect it to 2TS2 4 Remove the tape from the WHT/BRN and WHT/BLK leads and connect to 2TS2 13 and 14 Leave the PINK lead uncon nected and leave the unused WHT, GRA and PUR leads taped up Connect a jumper between 2TS2 1 and 2TS2 4 and another between 2TS2 2 and 2TS2 3

Copynght @ 1986 by General Electnc CO 3-46

- - - - - _ - - - - - - - - - - - - - GENERAL ELECTRIC MEDICAL SYSTEMS SENTRY THREE AUTOMATIC COLLIMATOR

- SM D5303C ------L-- L -1- I --L --- - - -- -- L^- - L - - -- ---- 7-274 L --+e-.

E SpectrumCath Table

1 Connect the table interconnecting cable to "P2" on the electronics package route through take up systems, conduit, etc into the wall junction box Mount the terminal strip furnished with the Cat No B5053DE Kit in the junction box Connect the cable leads to the terminal strip per markings Remove the tape from the WHT/BRN and WHT/BLK leads of the cables and connect to terminals 9 and 10 of the terminal strip Leave the unused WHT, GRA and PUR leads taped UP

2 Route the cable furnished with the Cat No B5053DE Kit between the junction box and the table base Connect the leads to the terminal strip added to the junction box per markings. Cut off any excess cable a t the table base, terminate the leads using the furnished lugs and connect to the table base terminal board as follows

LEAD COLOR

BLK YEL BRN ORN RED B LU GRN WHT/BRN WHT/BLK

TABLE BASE TERMINAL BOARD

39 42 41 43 45 44 46 152 148

Leave the shield unconnected Connect a jumper between terminals 39 and 42 of the terminal board and another between terminals 40 and 41

3 Make connections to the table top down and Bucky centered relay per instructions in the Spec- trum Kit Service Manual, SM B1015AB

12 3 Connections to Chest Units

A Vertical Bucky Stand

1 Connect the Bucky Stand interconnecting cable to "P3" on the electronics package, route through take up systems, conduit, etc to the Bucky Stand and connect to TSl (located on underside of Bucky support assembly) per markings. Connect a jumper between TS1 2 and 10

Install t he cassette size sensing cable per instructions in the Bucky Stand Service Manual Connect the cable leads to TS1 and to the terminal strip on the Bucky backplate (TS2) per markings Connect a jumper between terminals TS2-1 and 4 and another between TS2-2 and 3

2

3 If the chest unit is off the head end of the table, move jumper bar JB4 on Card A5 in the elec tronics package to the +90° position I f the chest unit is off the foot end of the table, leave the jumper bar in the 90' position

3-47

c -- --- ---- - ---- - - - - - - - - t- - -- ---- - GENERAL ELECTRIC MEDICAL SYSTEMS SENTRY THREE AUTOMATIC COLLIMATOR

7 274 La-- -- -- -- B Changex Chest Changer

1 Connect the interconnecting cable to "P3" on the electronics package, route through take up systems, conduit, e tc to the x ray control and connect to the contacts of the relay added to the x ray control (indicates when film is in place see Changex Service Manual, SM B3513, for details on installation of the relay)

2 If the chest unit is off the head end of the table, move jumper bar JB4 on Card A5 in the elec tronics package to the +90" position If the chest unit is off the foot end of the table, leave the jumper bar in the 90" position

3 Remove jumper bar JB7 on Card A10 in the electronics package

C Counterbalanced Vertical Cassette Holder or Wall Mounted Cassette Holder

1 Connect the interconnecting cable to "P3" on the electronics package, route through take up systems, conduit, etc to the cassette holder and connect to the terminal strip on the upper left side of the cassette holder

2 I f the chest unit is off the head end of the table, move jumper bar JB 4 on Card A5 in the elec tronics package to the +90" position I f the chest unit is off the foot end of the table, leave the jumper bar in the 90" position

3 Remove jumper bar JB7 on Card A10 in the electronics package

12-4 Connections to Ordograph I I Tomographic Unit

Connect the interconnecting cable to "P4" on the electronics package, route through take up systems, conduit, etc to the Ordograph control cabinet and connect to "P4" in the cabinet

12 5 Connections to X Ray Control

1 Connect the interconnecting cable to "P8" on the electronics package or "J1" in the wall box if the electronics package is wall mounted, route through takeup systems, conduit, etc to the x ray control and connect a t the control

LEAD COLOR UNITS WITH UNITS WITH DXE 225 20 PANEL 56 PANEL

BLK 20TB1 KL 56TB1 73 82TB18 BRN 2OTB 1 -Y L' In-Line splice In Line Splice 3

1 Remove BLK lead of x-ray handswitch cable from 20TB1 KL and connect to 20TB1 YL

2 Remove BLK lead of x ray handswitch cable from 56TB1-73 and in line splice to BRN lead of inter connecting cable

3 Remove WHT lead on 82TB1-8 and in line splice it to BRN lead of interconnecting cable

3-48


REV 8 SM D5303C-0 - -

I f the installation involves a table or chest unit equipped with an Ion Chamber Detector make the following additional connections for film area compensation

MST 750, MSI 850-11

MST 1050-11 DXS 650 II DXD 525 II MST 62511, MSI 1250 IV DXD 350-11

YEL 2OTB1-93 2OTB1-40 56TB1 93

GRN 2OTB 1-92 2OTB 1-41 56TB1 94

BLU 20TB1 91 20TB1 42 56TB1 95

For a l l other generators, wiring must be added from a spare generator terminal to the Quantamat I1 Tape up all unused leads

2 48 4C (Model 46-1 651 9362) Tube Hanger with mammography collimator - Connect the OR N and BLU leads of the tube hanger incoming cable to the filter interlock circuitry in the control

MST 62511 LEAD MST-750 MSI 85011 COLOR MST 105011 MSI 125QIV DXS 650-11 DXD 350-11 DXD 525-11

"ORN 2OTB1 95 20TB1 95 20TB1 A1 56TB1 65 56TB1-61

'RED 20TB1 132 20TB1-EL 2OTB1-30 56TB1-66 56TB1-87

"For XT Suspension - ORN = PUR 0

RED = GRY

NOTE These connections am only for use of a convenuonal MX10018 tube unit with the Sentry Three Mammo Collimator for Mammography and Standard Radiography (See Direction 14327) For the MX 100M-18 Mammo Tube Unit with Sentry Three Mammo Collimator, the following connections apply

MST 62511 LEAD MST 750 MSI 85011 COLOR MST 105G11 MSI 1250IV DXS 650-11 DXD 350-11 DXD 525-11

ORN * 20TB1 EE 2OTB1-95 2OTB1-27 56TB1-65 56TB1-65

RED * 20TB1-EL 20TB1-EL 20TB1 28 56TB1-66 56TB1-66

Before connecting see Generator Service Manual for KVP Limit Jumper Changes


11-2175 SM D5303C -

SEC 13 HEIGHT-SENSING POTENTIOMETER ADJUSTMENT - - - -- __ - -

13-1

The following procedure requires a t least one foot of head space above the tube hanger movable beam If sufficient working room cannot be obtained by removing ceiling t i le or using another access opening, the entire beam must be lowered

Adjustment of Potentiometer Wlth 48-4 or 48-5 Tube Hanger

The procedure given assumes that power is available to the collimator electronics package Depending on how much tube hanger installation work has been completed, it may be necessary to make temporary con nections between the tube hanger and x ray control (or HV transformer) to obtain the required power

(For an alternate potentiometer adjustment method, see Service Note 2276

-

Adjust the potentiometer as follows

1 M easure the distance from the top of the stationary rails to the floor

2 Energize the x ray control

3 Lock the telescoping sections in their uppermost position using the vertical lock or, preferably, the shipping bolt

4 Connect an accurately calibrated digital voltmeter to the potentiometer as follows

POTENTIOMETER DVM LEAD LEAD COLOR

PROBE GRN

COMMON WHT

With the proper DC range selected +10 0 +/ 02 VDC should be read This walue is factdry set and, normally, field adjustment should not be necessary

5 Reconnect the digital voltmeter as follows

DVM LEAD

PROBE

COMMON

POTENTIOMETER LEAD COLOR

RED

WHT

3 50

6 Rotate the toothed pulley on the potentiometer shaft until the meter (with the proper DC range selected) reads the appropriate value given in Table 3-8

NOTE Do not rotate this pulley once the potentiometer has been correctly set

TABLE 3-8 HEIGHT SENSING POT OUTPUT - Telescoping Sections in Uppermost Position

DISTANCE FROM TOP OF STATIONARY RAIL TO FLOOR

9' - 6"

9' - 1 0 ' 9' - 8"

1 0

DVM DC VOLTS (+/ 02 VDC)

+7 25 +7 45 +7 65

+7 85 +8 05 +8 25

+8 45 +8 65 +8 85

+9 05 +9 25 +9 45

+9 65

7 484Hanger-

Place the plastic drive belt on the toothed pulley attached to the safety drum shaft Loosen the two screws securing the potentiometer mounting bracket to the safety drum mounting block Slide the mounting bracket and potentiometer assembly toward the safety drum shaft and slip the plastic belt over the pulley on the potentiometer shaft Slide the mounting bracket and potentlometer assembly back until the belt i s tight and then retighten the mounting screws.

485 Hanger-

Place the plastic drive belt on the toothed pulley attached to the main cable drum shaft Loosen the two screws securing the potentiometer mounting bracket to the top of the carriage Slide the mount ing bracket and potentiometer assembly forward and slip the plastic belt over the pulley on the poten tiometer shaft Slide the mounting bracket and potentlometer assembly back until the belt is tight and then retighten the mounting screws.

NOTE Use care when tightening the plastic belt, the belt has a low load rating and wll break if pulled too tight

8 Check the voltage reading Make final trim, if necessary, by loosening the two screws holding the potentiometer in place and rotating the potentlometer body until the meter reading again agrees with the value given in Table 3-8 Then retighten the screws

Remove the shipping bolt if it was used 9

3-51

c -- S M S SENTRY THREE AUTOMATIC COLLIMATOR

The procedure given assumes that power is available to the collimator electronics package Depending on how much installation work has been completed, it may be necessary to make temporary connections between the electronics package wall box and x ray control to obtain the required power

Move the tube unit and collimator vertically until the focal spot IS exactly 60 inches above the floor (use the collimator measuring tape ) Lock the tube unit and collimator a t this height

Energize the x ray control

Connect an accurately calibrated digital voltmenter to the potentlometer as follows

DVM LEAD POTENTIOMETER LEAD COLOR

PROBE GRN

COM WHT

With the proper DC range selected, +10 00 +/ 02 VDC should be read This value is factory set and, normally, field adjustment should not be necessary

Reconnect the digital voltmeter as follows

DVM LEAD POTENTIOMETER LEAD COLOR

PROBE RED

COM WHT

Rotate the toothed pulley on the potentiometer shaft until the meter (with the proper DC range selected) reads +6 00 +/ 02 VDC

NOTE

Place the plastic drive belt on the toothed pulley attached to the auxiliary drum shaft Loosen the two screws securing the potentiometer mounting bracket to the drum support bracket Slide the mounting bracket and potentiometer assembly up and slip the plastic belt over the pulley on the potentiometer shaft Slide the mounting bracket and potentiometer assembly down until the belt is tight and then retighten the mounting screws

NOTE

Do not rotate this pulley once the potentiometer has been correctly set

Use care when tightening the plastic belt, the belt has a low load rating and wil l break i f pulled too tight

Check the voltage reading Make final trim, if necessary, by loosening the two screws holding the potentiometer in place and rotating the potentiometer body until the meter reading is again +6 00 +/ 02 VDC Then retighten the screws

13 3

For the 80 Tube Stand, refer to Chapter 3 of Service Manual SM 82080 for instructions on adjustment of the height sensing potentiometer

Adjustment of Potentiometer with 80 Tube Stand

0 3 52


2-578 - - 0 - -

SM D5303C - -

SEC 14 X RAY TUBE UNIT AND COLLIMATOR LEVELING

During installation it is important to verify that both the tube unit and Bucky (or other film holder) are level - film plane perpendicular to axis of x ray beam Leveling of the Bucky or other film holder IS covered in installation instructions for the particular x ray table or chest unit involved Leveling of the tube unit and collimator is described briefly in this section Refer to the installation instructions for the partic ular tube suspension involved for detailed information

14-1 Longitudinal Direction Level Check and Adjustment

1 With the tube unit in an indexed position (x ray beam down position), check level in the longitudinal direction with respect to the film plane by placing a level across the cone tracks on the bottom of the collimator

2 If not level, loosen the bolts, screws, etc. holding the tube unit to the tube mount and shlft the tube unit until proper alignment is achieved, then retighten the mounting hardware (On 48 4Tube Hangers with the one piece tube support, additional adjustment can be made by using the eccentric pivot stud in the tube support 1

14 2 Transverse Direction Level Chedc and Adjustment

1 Check level in the transverse direction with respect to the film plane by placing a level along one of the cone tracks on the bottom of the collimator

0 2 If not level

48 4 Tube Hangers - Shim between the vertical column and the carriage within the overhead bridge assembly without appreciably altering the alignment of the column (favor the position most frequently used - usually 40") See the tube hanger installation instructions for further alignment information

48 5 Tube Hanger - Adjust using the two hex socket set screws in the base of the tube support

65 Tube Stand - Shim a t the screws which hold the tube support pivot assembly to the smallest tele scoping section

80 Tube Stand - Adjust vertical carriage roller bearing eccentrics

SEC 15 OPTIONAL SCALE LABEL ATTACHMENT (OPTIONAL)

The optional scale label is attached over the standard inch dial drum The label can be attached in the field with l i t t le effort and no need for pointer calibration Proceed as follows

1 Close the blades using the thumbwheels (closing the blades should position the pointers at the right hand edge of the dial drum)

3-53

ccc---- - -- *_- --- - c--- ---- c - ----- GENERAL ELECTRIC MEDICAL SYSTEMS SENTRY THREE AUTOMATIC COLLIMATOR

SM D5303C - - - - - - & _ I - - - - 7-274 b I -----A - -e--- - -- ---- -

2 Remove the nameplate per Illustration 3 37 TO REMOVE NAMEPLATE A LOOSEN THESE

B TILT NAMEPLATE FORWARD AND UNPLUG LEADS TO KEY SWITCH AND INDICATOR LIGHTS

C LIFT NAMEPLATE OUT

i

NAMEPLATE

2060w10

ILLUSTRATION 3 37

Detach the dial drum assembly See Illustration 3 38 Carefully remove the assembly

NOTE The pointers may have to be spread and held to the right slightly to accommodate removal of the drum assembly

Loosen the 440 x 3/16” hex soc ss in the left side of the dial drum assembly

Separate the dial drum assembly from the support bracket by removing the steel shaft

3-54

-- - - - - - _ - -- --_-- ------ ----- - - GENERAL ELECTRIC MEDICAL SYSTEMS SENTRY THREE AUTOMATIC COLLIMATOR

7-274 a/ - *l

4 fy;+ {

DIAL DRUM ASSEMBLY \- *: Lh*#

SM D5303C ~ - _ - -

20679-PlO ILLUSTRATION 3-38

(m 6 Place a straightedge along the top row of dots a t any scale position and mark the ends of the dial drum to correspond to the dot positions

7

8

Expose the ddhesive backing behind the "100" scale position by removing the 1/2" strip of liner

Press the exposed portion of the label firmly onto the dial drum with the top row of dots at the "100" position corresponding eo the marks on the ends of the drum

9 Roll the covered portion of the label around the dial drum to check that the label is attached straight

10 Remove the remainder of the liner while carefully pressing the label firmly onto the dial drum

11 Trim off any excess

12 6

Hold the dial drum assembly in the support bracket and pass the steel shaft back through the bracket and the assembly

13 Center the shaft on the bracket and align the dial drum with one of the scales indexed in the detent position

Re tighten the set screw Check for free rotation and proper index of the dial drum assembly 14

15 Replace the dial drum assembly and nameplate

3 55

GENERAL ELECTRIC MEDICAL SYSTEMS SENTRY THREE AUTOMATIC COLLl MATOR

REV 9 SM D5303C

SEC 16 ALIGNMENT OF BUCKY - CASSETTE TRAY MATING PARTS

To assure proper alignment of Bucky and cassette tray mating parts during the engaging sequence, the steps outlined in this section must be performed a t the time of installation (Applicable to units which had the Bucky adapting parts factory-installed as well as to units which required field modification of the Bucky to make it compatible with the cassette size sensing tray 1

The procedures given are for a table Bucky -tray combination For the alignment procedures involving a Vertical Bucky Stand Bucky-tray combination, refer to Chapter 3 of Service Manual SM B3501A/B/D

The alignment procedures given assume that the rear of the Bucky is readily accessible This means shifting or disengagement of the table top, folding back or removal of Mylar covers and/or shields (if present) and, if necessary, removal of the Bucky from the table

NOTE The position of the plug on the cassette tray is set at the factory using special fixtures, THE PLUG SHOULD NOT BE MOVED IN ANY DIRECTION

1 M ake sure the Bucky receptacle "floats" in both the horizontal and vertical directions Also make sure the pin and pad assembly "floats" horizontally in the mounting bracket

2 Remove the cassette tray mechanism chamber cover per Illustration 339 Normally, the tray bottoms with the stop pad to the immediate left of the tray plug hitting the Bucky stiffener plate With the mounting bracket and Bucky receptacle mounting screws slightly loose, slowly insert the tray into the Bucky

NOTE If the cassette tray being used is of the latest type having a "floating" plug, the two centering springs supplied must be installed on the plug assembly before performing the followng alignment procedure See Illustration 3-40 These centering springs properly 'position the plug on the tray to assure alignment with the receptacle on the Bucky The springs must be removed when the plug and receptacle are properly aligned and before normal operation is begun It is recommended that the springs be retained for possible future use

Check for any interference preventing full insertion of the tray, correct any interference if present

3 With the tray fully inserted, measure the gap between mating parts of the connector, the plug and receptacle should be separated by approximately 1/32" If separation is less than 1/32", add a washer under the head of the cover retaining screw to the right of the tray plug when replacing the cover I f separation IS greater than 1/32", remove the receptacle assembly from the mounting bracket and install No 8 washers between the brass spacers and the receptacle assembly

Copynght 0 1986 by General Electnc Co 3-56

-- -c - ---_ - __---- --- 1 GENERAL ELECTRIC MEDICAL SYSTEMS SENTRY THREE AUTOMATIC COLLIMATOR

SM 05303C - - -----A a 7 274

/ A REMOVE THE FIVE SCREWS SECURING THE COVER B TILT THE COVER FORWARD AND

LIFT TO DISENGAGE THE TABS

ILLUSTRATION 3-39 REMOVAL OF TRAY MECHANISM CHAMBER COVER

CENTERING SPRINGS A

MECHANISM CHAMBER COVER

19971410

ILLUSTRATION 3-40 INSTALLATION OF TRAY PLUG CENTERING SPRINGS

3-57

r - GENERAL ELECTRIC MEDICAL SYSTEMS SENTRY THREE AUTOMATIC COLLIMATOR

4 After the specified connector gap has been established and with the tray sti l l fully inserted, shift the mounting bracket and receptacle positions until the guide pins on the receptacle engage easily with the sockets on the tray plug (guide pin - socket arrangement helps to assure proper alignment of connector mating parts during the engaging sequence 1 Also verify that the pin and pad assemby smoothly actuates the cassette tray sensing arm When alignment is satisfactory, firmly tighten the mounting bracket and receptacle mounting screws Remove the centering springs if used

5 Reinsert the tray With the tray fully inserted, check continuity between lugs on the plug and corresponding terminals on the backplate terminal strip See Illustration 441 for lug identification Then remove the tray and reattach the mechanism chamber cover

[Later performance of the continuity check for troubleshooting purposes requires access to the Bucky This means shifting or disengagement of the table top, folding back or removal of Mylar covers and/or shields ( i f present) and, if necessary, removal of the Bucky from the table 1

6 Reinsert the tray With the tray fully inserted, check for excessive horizontal and vertical play of the tray by applying pressure on the tray handle I f excessive play is present, remove the tray from the Bucky and adjust the side rails of the tray per Itlustration 342 (Adjustment slots are provided on both sides of the tray ) The amount of horizontal adjustment should be equally distributed between the two adjusting slots Repeat this procedure until a l l play in the Bucky tray combination has been eliminated

358

. 18078 P10

ILLUSTRATION 3-41

ADJUSTMENT

N SCREWDRIVER

TURN SCREWDRIVER FOR VERT1 CA L ADJUSTMENT

ADJUSTMENT

19972 R10

ILLUSTRATION 3-42 ADJUSTMENT OF TRAY SIDE RAILS

3-59

- p- -c- -- - - - - - r GENERAL ELECTRIC MEDICAL SYSTEMS SENTRY THREE AUTOMATIC COLLIMATOR

SEC 17 GAINING ACCESS TO THE PRINTED CIRCUIT CARDS

17-1 Electronics Package Mounted on Tube Hanger Carriage Asm

1 Loosen the electronics package cover See Illustration 3 43 Pull the cover straight back until it hits the stop then pull down to lower it as shown in Illustration 3-44

NOTE With a 48-5 Tube Hanger, it will be necessary to remove the shield from the electronics package cover before the cover can be lowered Wrth a 48-4 Tube Hanger, the curtain support strips adjacent to the electronics package must be removed before the cover can be lowered

2 W hile gently pushing up on the circuit card box, release the latch a t the top of the electronics package Then slowly lower the card box until it is vertical as shown in Illustration 345

17 2 Wall Mounted Electronics Package

1

2

Remove the cover from the electronics package wall box

Loosen the electronics package cover, pull it straight back until it hits the stop and then out as shown in Illustration 3 46

3 While gently pushing m on the circuit card box, release the latch on the right side of the electronics package See I Ilustration 3-46 Then swing the card box out

SEC 18 FILM- TO FLOOR DISTANCE PROPORTIONAL VOLTAGE ADJUSTMENT

18 1 Adjustment for X-Ray Table

The film to floor distance proportional voltage is factory set a t +3 15 VDC, corresponding to the 31 5" film-to floor distance of the Monitrol 15 and 90 Tables However, for catheterization tables or tables with a variable film-to floor distance (for example, the No 73 Horizontal Table with adjustable legs) the film to floor distance proportional voltage must be readjusted Proceed as follows

1

2

CAUTION

Measure the distance from the table Bucky film plane to the floor as accurately as possible Multiply this value by 0 1 (0 1 V/IN scale factor)

Insert the extender card (A71 between Card A9 and the printed circuit card connector

TO PREVENT POSSIBLE DAMAGE TO THE CIRCUITRY ON A PRINTED CIRCUIT CARD, ALWAYSTURN THE POWER OFF BEFORE REMOVING AND REINSERTING

ICs PACKAGE DESIGN TO SIMPLIFY LINE DISCONNECT SEE ILLUSTRATION 3 45 OR 3-46 FOR LOCATION OF THE SWITCH

THE CARD AN ON-OFF SWITCH HAS BEEN INCORPORATED INTO THE ELECTRON

3 Connect an accurately calibrated digital voltmeter as follows

DVM LEAD CONNECTION

PROBE TPl on Card A9

GND Circuit Card Box Chassis

3-60

- - - ----c~ - - - - - - ---- - -- -.---- --- GENERAL ELECTRIC MEDICAL SYSTEMS SENTRY THREE AUTOMATIC COLLIMATOR

REMOVING THIS SCREW NOT NECESSARY TO REMOVE SCREW ON QTHER SIDE

ILLUSTRATION 343

I

ILLUSTRATION 3-44

POWER ON OFF SWITCH

EXTENDER .CARD (A7 1

- LATCH

20681910

ILLUSTRATION 3-45

361

---- - ---- - -- . ------- GENERAL ELECTIRIC -MEDICAL SYSTEMS SENTRY THREE AUTOMATIC COLLIMATOR

EL PA

.ECTRON ICs CKAGE COVER

POWER ON OFF SWITCH

LATCH

206BW10

ILLUSTRATION 3 46

4 With the proper DC range selected, adjust A9R103 ('Table Height Adj '1 until the meter reads the scaled film to floor distance +/ 02 VDC (For example, if the measured film to floor distance i s 33 inches, adjust A9R103 until the meter reads + 3 30 +/ 02 VDC

18 2 Adjustment for Chest Unit Whose Image Receptor Can Be Positioned Horizontally

X ray exposures will be permitted when the chest unit image receptor holder (Bucky) is horizontal and a cassette (film) is in place only if the holder is positioned a t one of two selected heights above the floor (Refer to the chest unit installation instructions for information on installing the height switches 1 One of the heights is set for the image receptor holder in the sitting position (legs touching the floor) and the other is set to the customer's preference Adjust the film to-floor distance proportional voltages to correspond to the selected heights as follows

1 Rotate the image receptor holder to the 180" from upright position and angulate it backward to hori zontal Release the legs and lower the holder until the legs touch the floor (lower height switch actu ated)

2 Place a cassette in the chest unit Cassette holder

3 Measure the distance from the film plane to the floor as accurately as possible Multiply this value by 0 1 (0 1 V/IN scale factor)

4 Insert the extender card between Card A9 and the printed circuit card connector

3-62


REV 8 SM D5303GO

CAUTION TO PREVENT POSSIBLE DAMAGE TO THE CIRCUITRY ON A PRINTED CIRCUIT CARD, ALWAYS TURN THE POWER OFF BEFORE REMOVING AND REINSERTING THE CARD AN ON OFF SWITCH HAS BEEN INCORPORATED INTO THE ELECTRON ICs PACKAGE DESIGN TO SIMPLIFY LINE DISCONNECT SEE ILLUSTRATION 3-45 0 R 3-46 FOR LOCATION OF THE SWITCH


DVM LEAD CONNECTION

PROBE TP1 on Card A9

GND Circuit Card Box Chassis

6 With the proper DC range selected, adjust A9R 102 ('Bucky Height #2 Adj '1 until the meter reads the scaled film-to floor distance +/ 02 VDC

7 Move the image receptor holder upward to the second discrete height position (upper height switch actuated)

8 Measure the distance from the image receptor film plane to the floor as accurately as possible Multiply this value by 0 1 (0 1 WIN scale factor)

With the meter connected as in Step 5, adjust A9R101 ('Bucky Height #1 Adj '1 until the meter reads the scaled film to floor distance +/ 02VDC

9

0 SEC 19 SOURCE TO IMAGE DISTANCE (SID) PROPORTIONAL VOLTAGE ADJUSTMENT

19 1 Table Horizontal SID Voltage Check

1 Position the tube unit and collimator so the focal spot JS 75 inches above the floor (use the collimator measuring tape)

2 With the table in the horizontal position, place any size cassette in the tray and insert the tray in the table Bucky (Collimator in automatic mode)

3 Insert the extender card (A7) between Card A9 and the printed circuit card connector (This step may have already been done per the instructions of Section 18 1

CAUTION TO PREVENT POSSIBLE DAMAGE TO THE CIRCUITRY ON A PRINTED CIR CUlT CARD, ALWAYS TURN THE POWER OFF BEFORE REMOVING AND R E- INSERTING THE CARD TO THE ELECTRONICS PACKAGE DESIGN TO SIMPLIFY LINE DISCONNECT SEE ILLUSTRATION 3-45 OR 346 FOR LOCATION OF THE SWITCH

AN ON OFF SWITCH HAS BEEN INCORPORATED IN-


DVM LEAD

PROBE

CONNECTION

TP3 on Card A9

GND Circutt Card Box Chassis

With the proper D C range selected, the reading should be +7 50 +/- 02 VDC

363 CopyngM @ 1985 by General Electnc Co


REV 8 SM D5303C-0

5 If this value is not read, it is preferable to make correction by readjusting the height-sensing potentiometer If the potentiometer is accessible, this can be done as follows

a

b

c Retighten the two screws

(With the 48 5 Tube Hanger, access to the potentiometer can be gained by removing the guard shown in Illustration 3-47 and reaching in alongside the load balancer 1

Loosen the two screws holding the potentiometer in place

Rotate the potentiometer body until the meter reading is +7 50 +/ 02 VDC

HEIGHT SEN: POTENTIOME

;ING TEF

ILLUSTRATION 347

However, in a case where access to the potentiometer IS limited (48-4 Tube Hanger with inadequate clearance above the movable beam) or further compensation is needed, proceed as follows

d Set the focal spot 40" above the Bucky film plane

e Move the digital voltmeter probe to TP2 on Card A9

f Adjust A9R 103 ('Table Height Adj '1 until the meter reading is 4 00 +/ 02 VDC

Copyright @ 1985 by General Electric Co 364

6 Verify that the height sensing potentiometer is tracking properly as follows

a Move the tube unit and collimator through the entire range of vertical travel several times

b Then move the tube unit and collimator until the focal spot is 50 inches above the Bucky film plane With the meter connected to TP2 on Cad A9, the reading should be 5 00 +/ 02 VDC

c Set the focal spot 40 inches above the Bucky film plane The meter reading should now be 4 00 +/ 02VDC

If the readings are significantly different from those expected or movement of the tube unit up or down results in erratic readings, check that the two screws securing the pot are properly tightened and that the set screw in the toothed pulley is tightened onto the flat of the potentiometer shaft A Is0 check tension of the plastic belt and for loose connections If the readings still remain incorrect, the poten tiometer is faulty and must be replaced

19 2 Table Vertical SID Voltage Adjustment

1 Place any size cassette in the tray and insert the tray in the Bucky

2 Angulate the table to the 90" vertical position

3

4

Rotate the tube unit and collimator so the x-ray beam is horizontal, directed toward the table

Move the tube unit and collimator longitudinally until the switch for the smallest discrete SID position is actuated

a 5 Multiply the SID by 0 1 (0 1 V /IN scale factor) Wlth the voltmeter probe on TP2 of Card A9, adjust

A9R 89 ('Table SID #l') until the meter reads the negative of the scaled value +/- 02 VDC (For example, if the SID is 40 inches, adjust R89 until themeter reads -4 00 +/ 02 VDC

NOTE The LED indicator to the immediate left of the pot should be lit, indicating that the proper signal i s being switched into the SID calculator circuit If it is not lit, collimator interlocks for this set-up have not been satisfied Recheck equipment positioning

6 Move the tube unit and collimator longitudinally until the switch for the second discrete SID position is actuated

7 Repeat Step 5, noting that A 9R91 (Table SID #2') i s the pot to adjust for this SID position

8 Move the tube unit and collimator longitudinally until the switch for the third discrete SID position is actuated

9 Repeat Step 5, noting that A9R93 (Table SID #3 Adj '1 is the pot to adjust for this SID positron

10 Return the table to the horizontal position and remove the cassette from the tray Rotate the tube unit and collimator back to the over the table position Situate over the table

3-65


REV 8 SM D5303C-0

19 3 Chest Unit SID Voltage Adjustment - Image Receptor Vertical el. 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

I f applicable, angulate the image receptor holder (Bucky, cassette holder, etc to the vertical position

If the chest unit is equipped with cassette size sensing, place any size cassette in the tray and insert the tray into the Bucky

I f a fixed image receptor size chest unit is involved, place a cassette in the cassette holder or transport a film to the exposure area, depending on the particular unit involved

Rotate the tube unit and collimator so the x ray beam is horizontal, directed towared the chest unit


Multiply the SID by 0 1 (0 1 VAN scale factor) With the voltmeter probe on TP2 of Card A9, adjust A9R95 (‘Wall SID #l’) until the meter reads the negative of the scaled vhlue +/ 02 VDC (For ex ample, i f the SI D is 48 inches, adjust R95 until the meter reads - 4 80 +/ 02 VDC )

NOTE The LED indicator to the immediate lef t of the pot should be lit, indicating that the proper signal i s being switched into the SID calculator circurt If it i s not lit, collimator interlocks for this set up have not been satisfied Recheck eqwpment positioning

Move the tube untt and collimator longitudinally until the switch for the second discrete SID postbon is actuated

Repeat Step 5, noting that A9R97 (‘Wall SID #2’) is the pot to adjust for this SID position

Move the tube unit and collimator longitudinally until the switch for the third discrete SID position is actuated

Repeat Step 5, noting that A9R99 (‘Wall SID #3’) is the pot to adjust for this SID positron

Rotate the tube unit and collimator back to the over thetable position If the chest unit image receptor cannot be positioned horizontally, skip t h e following subsectign, move the tube unit and collimator back over the table and remcwe the cassette (film) from the chest unit -

19-4

1

Chest Unit SID Voltage Check - Image Receptor Horizontal

Rotate the image receptor holder to the 180“ from upnght posttion and angulate tt backward to honzontal Release the legs and lower the holder until the legs touch the floor (lower height swttch actuated)

2 Place a cassette in the chest unit cassette holder

3 Position the tube unit and collimator over the image receptor Set the focal spot 40” above the film plane

With the voltmeter probe on TP2 of Card A9, the meter reading should be -4 00 +/- 02 VDC I f this value is not read, correct by adjusting A9R 102 (’Bucky Height #2 Adj ‘1

- 4


Copynght @ 1985 by General Electnc Co 366


REV 8 SM D5303C-0

0 6 Move the tube unit and collimator upward and set the focal spot 40” above the film plane

7 With the meter connected as in Step 4, the reading should be -4 00 2 02VDC If this value is not read, correct by adjusting A9R101 (‘Bucky Height #1 Adj ’)

8 Move the tube unit and collimator back over the table and remove the cassette (film) from the chest unit

SEC 19A P B L CROSSOVER ADJUSTMENT

The range of vertical SID s from 36 inches down to zero is considered to be a bypass region where P B L is not required When SID passes into this region, conversion to manual operation may be automatic Upon return to SID greater than 36 inches return to P B L must be automatic

NOTE This adjustment is factory set but a field check is a good practice

1 The table should be in the horizontal position

2 Position the tube unit and collimator so the X-ray beam is vertical

3 Slowly lower the tube unit and collimator until the SID is less than 36 inches Results are manual mode and non-auto lite on

4 Slowly raise the tube unit and collimator until the SID is 36 inches Results are that it should return back to automatic mode and non-auto lite off If not adjust A9-Rl08 so that collimator returns to auto-mode at 35 to 35 5 SID

- NOTE This will give more margin for PBLcrossover and is intended to prevent incidents of non-compliance

SEC 20 DAMPING ADJUSTMENT

To compensate for blade hunting or oscillation, proceed as follows

1 Move the tube unit and collimator vertically until the focal spot is 60” above the table Bucky film plane , (Use maximum attainable SI D if 6 0 ’ IS not possible

Place a 10’ X 12” or larger cassette in the tray and insert the tray in the table Bucky (Collimator in automatic model

2

3 Momentarily depress the REDUCT ON OFF button on the collimator (Amber light flashing)

4 Using the thumbwheels, adjust for a small field size (Approximately 2” x 2“)

5 Depress the R EDUCT ON OFF button a second time (Amber light off)

6 Insert the extender card between Card A6 (transverse dimension) and the card connector

7 Connect the oscilloscope (Tektronix 564 or equivalent) t o the card as follows

3-67 Copynght @ 1985 by General Electric CO


REV 16

Probe Gnd

Trig V

Probe Gnd

Trig V


CHANNEL 1

Heat sink of Q66 and Q38 (See Illustration 3 48) Chassis

DC Int 1 V/DIV x 10 (Probe)

CHANNEL 2

Junction point of R6 and Q14 Emitter (See Illustration 3-48) Chassis

DC Int 1 V/DIV x 10 (Probe)

Scope Sweep 0 2 SEC/DN

Set the scope for storage trace

3 68


SM D5303C 0 REV 8 - -I

DVM

CO NN ECTl ON PROBE FORSEC 21

CHANNEL 2 PROBE CHANNEL 1

CONNECTION I PROBE CONNECTION STEP

8

I I 3 t n ~ \ c n ) - m m m m v v

FORSEC 21 STEP 3 ILLUSTRATION 3-48

Depress Manual Set Switch S28 on Card A5 to move the blades through one complete cycle (open to close to open) Keep the button depressed while the blades are closing and then release the button to open the blades

If necessary, adjust RlO2 Gain on Card A6 and recycle the blades until the waveforms dis- played on the scope agree with those in Illustration 349

DESIRED WAVEFORMS

OPEN CLOSE TO TO

CHANNEL 1

CHANNEL 2

2068501 1

ILLUSTRATION 3-49

3-68 A Copynght @ 1985 by General Electnc Co

/

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS \ SENTRY THREE AUTOMATIC COLLIMATOR

SM 0530313 REV 14

SEC 21 MOTOR STALL ADJUSTMENT

1

2

3

Momentanly depress the REDUCT ON/OFF button on the collimator (Amber light flashing)

Using the thumbwheels, move the blades to the closed position Check that the blades are fully closed I f they aren't, adjust R78 ("offset") on Card A6 until they just touch

Connect the digital voltmeter probe to the junction point of R7 and R43 (Sea Illustration 3-48 )

The reading should be between 0 and -0 03 V DC I f not, the physical position of the blade driven potentiometer within the collimator must be readjusted Refer to Step 4 for the adjustment pro cedure I f the reading is within the specified limits, continue with Step 5

4 Readjust the position of the blade driven pot as follows

a Remove the nameplate per Illustration 3 50

b Loosen the clamps holding the pot in place See I llustration 3 5 1

c

NOTE

Rotate the body of the pot until the voltmeter reading is between 0 and 0 03 VDC

If this range cannot be achieved, make sure that R78 is set near mid-range

d Secure the pot by retightening the screws in the clamps.

5 Reconnect the oscilloscope to Card A6 as follows - - - - - - __ __ - - - - - - - - - Probe TP 1 Gnd Chassis Trig DC Int Mode CH 1 Sweep 0 2 MS/DIV V 0 5 V/DIV X10 (Probe)

The voltage level observed should be between 0 and 3 Volts I f a level of 3 volts is exceeded, adjust R78 ("offset") on Card A6 to compensate

6 When adjustment is satisfactory, remove the extender card and reconnect the card

Repeat the procedures of Sections 20 and 21 using Card A8 (longitudinal dimension)

SEC 22 FIELD SIZE ADJUSTMENT - -__ - _ _ - - - -

NOTE I f 15O tube target, remove light mask located between the cover and the mylar window frame To remove, loosen two rear screws which hold the lef t cone track Remove mask then retighten screws

22 1 Adjustmeha for Table Cassette Size Sensing System

1 With the table in the horizontal position, align the tube unit and collimator with the table Bucky Set the focal spot 40" above the Bucky fi lm plane (use the collimator measuring tape)

2

NOTE

3

Place a 5" x 7" cassette in the tray - position the 5" dimenslon along the transverse (lateral) axis Insert the tray in the Bucky (Collimator in automatic mode)

If a 5" x 7" cassette is not available, use the smallest site you can get and change the instructtons accordingly

Insert the extender card between Card A10 and the card connector

3-69

r I GENERAL ELECTRIC MEDICAL SYSTEMS

_I

SENTRY THREE AUTOMATIC COLLIMATOR -- L . 7L274- - ~ ~ ~ - I . . - -SM.D5303C t

TO REMOVE NAMEPLATE - . - A LOOSEN THESE

SCREWS B TILT NAMEPLATE

FORWARD AND UNPLUG LEADS TO KEY WITCH AND INDICATOR LIGHTS

C LIFT NAMEPLATE OUT

.. t

J r -

LOOSEN POT CLAMPS BY BACKING SCREWS OUT SLIGHTLY

LONGITUDINAL BLADE DRIVEN POT

ILLUSTRATION 3-50

-e 20603P10

BLADE DRIVEN 1 /POT

ILLUSTRATION 3-51

3-70

2W79 PlO

- GENERAL ELECTRIC MEDICAL SYSTEMS SENTRY THREE AUTOMATIC COLLIMATOR

SM D5303C _ _ - - - - - -- - - -- - - I - -- _ _ a -- 2-578

4

10

a 11

12

13

14

15

16

17

Connect a digital voltmeter as follows

DVM Lead Connection

PROBE TP2 on Card A10 GND Chassis

With the proper DC range selected, adjust R115 on Card +1 25+/ 02 VDC

('Lat Table') until the meter reading is

Remove the 5" x 7" cassette from the tray and replace with a 14" x 17" cassette position the 17" dimension along the transverse (lateral) axis

With the meter connected as in Step 4, adjust R91 on Card is + 4 25 +/ 02 VDC

('Lat Table') until the meter reading

Slide the Receptor Alignment Tool (RAT) into the cones tracks on the bottom of the collimator

Energize the field light and measure the transverse dimension of the light field projected onto the RAT I f necessary, readjust R91 on Card A10 until the size of the projected light field IS within 1/4" of 10 1/4" (preferably slightly undersize)

Remove the 14" x 17" cassette from the tray and replace with the 5" x 7" cassette position the 5" dimension along the longitudinal axis Insert the tray in the Bucky (Collimator in automatic mode)

Move the voltmeter probe to TPl on Card A 10

Adjust R112 on Card - A1 1 ('Long Table') until the meter reading is+ 1 25 +/ 02 VDC

Remove the 5" x 7" cassette from the tray and replace with the 14" x 17" cassette position the 17" dimension along the longitudinal axis

With the meter connected as in Step 11, adjust R97 on Card ing is + 4 25 +/- 02 VDC

Energize the field light and measure the longitudinal dimension of the light field projected onto the RAT See note on Table 3-9 If necessary, readjust R97 on Card A10 until the size of the projected light field is within 1/4" of 10-1/4"

('Long Table') until the meter read

Yisually check optimum field size limiting as follows a Place an 8" x 10" cassette in the tray and insert the tray in the Bucky

b Energize the field light

c Measure and record the size of the light field projected onto the RAT

d Repeat using a 10" x 12" and then a 14" x 17" cassette in the tray

Compare measured field sizes with those specified in Table 3 9 Each measured dimension should be within 1/2" of the value given in the table

Place a 14" x 17" cassette in the tray and insert the tray in the Bucky

371

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS SENTRY THREE AUTOMATIC COLLl MATOR

REV 13 SM D5303C

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

22-2

Angulate the table to the 90" vertical position

Rotate the tube unit and collimator so the x ray beam is horizontal, directed toward the table


Energize the field light and measure the size of the light field projected onto the RAT I f necessary, adjust R89 on Card given in Table 3 9

('Table SID #l') until the size of the projected light field is within 1/4" of that

If SID'S other than those listed in Table 3 9 are used, calculate size of projected light field as follows

where 24" equals the fixed distance from the 24 Projected Dimension = Cassette Dimension X RAT pattern to the focal spot

Move the tube unit and collimator longitudinally until the switch for the second discrete SID position is actuated

Repeat Step 21, noting that R91 on Card A9 (Table SID #2') is the adjustment

Move the tube unit and collimator longitudinally until the switch for the third discrete SID position is actuated

Repeat Step 21, noting that R93 on Card 4 ('Table SID #3') is the adjustment

Adjustment For Chest Unit Cassette Size Sensing System

1 Rotate the Bucky to the 180" from upright position and angulate it backward to horizontal Release the legs and lower the Bucky until the legs touch the floor (lower height switch actuated)

2 Align the tube unit and collimator with the chest unit Bucky Set the focal spot 40" above the Bucky film plane (use the collimator measuring tape)

3

NOTE

Place a 5" x 7" cassette in the tray - position the 5" dimension along the transverse (lateral) axis Insert the tray in the Bucky (Collimator in automatic mode)

If a 5" x 7" cassette is not available, use the smallest size you can get and change the instructions accordingly

Insert the extender card between Card A10 and the card connector


DVM Lead Connection

PROBE GND Chassis

With the proper DC range selected, adjust R109 on Card A1 1 ('Lat. Wall') until the meter reading is + 125+/ 02 VDC

Remove the 5"x 7" cassette from the tray and replace with a 14" x 17" cassette - position the 17" dimension along the transverse (lateral) axis

TP2 on Card A 10

3-72


8 With the meter connected as in Step 5, adjust R89 on Card A10 ('Lat Wall') until the meter reading is +4 25 +/ 02 VDC

Slide the Receptor Alignment Tool (RAT) into the cones tracks on the bottom of the collimator 9 >

10 Energize the field light and measure the transverse dimension of the light field projected onto the RAT If necessary, readjust R89 on Card A10 until the size of the projected light field is within 1/4" of 10-1/4" (preferably slightly undersize)

11 Remove the 14" x 17" cassette from the tray and replace with the 5" x 7" cassette position the 5" dimension along the longitudinal axis Insert the tray in the Bucky (Collimator in automatic mode)

12 Move the voltmeter probe to TP1 on Card A10

13 Adjust R106 on Card &lJ ('Long Wall') until the meter reading is+1 25+/ 02 VDC

14 Remove the 5" x 7" cassette from the tray and replace with the 14" x 17" cassette - position the 17" dimension along the longitudinal axis

15 With the meter connected as in Step 12, adjust R95 on Card K O ('Long Wall') until the meter reading is +4 25 +/ 02 VDC

16 Energize the field light and measure the longitudinal dimension of the light field projected onto the RAT See note on Table 3-9 I f necessary, readjust R95 on Card A10 until the size of the projected light field is within 1/4"of 101/4"

Visually check optimum field size limiting as follows 17

a Place an 8" x 10" cassette in the tray and insert the tray in the Bucky

b Energize the field light

c Measure and record the size of the light field projected onto the RAT

d Repeat using a 10" x 12" and then a 14" x 17" cassette in the tray

Compare measured field sizes with those specified in Table 3 9 Each measured dimension should be within 1/2" of the value given in the table


19 Move the tube unit and collimator upward and set the focal spot 40" above the film plane

20 Place a 14" x 17" cassette in the tray and insert the tray in the Bucky

21 Energize the field light and measure the size of the light field projected onto the RAT If necessary, adjust R101 on Card A9 ('Bucky Height #1 Adj ') until the slze of the projected light field is within 1/4" of that given in Table 3 9

Angulate the Bucky to the vertical position and rotate it back to upright

Rotate the tube unit and collimator so the x-ray beam is horizontal, directed toward the chest unit

0 22

23

373

r-v--- . - - - GENERAL ELECTRIC MEDICAL SYSTEMS .. - _ .. - 1 -

L - 3 + *sM-

24 Move the tube unit and collimator longitudinally until the switch for the smallest discrete SID position is actuated

25 With a 14'' x 17" cassette in place, energize the field light and measure the size of the light field pro jected onto the RAT I f necessary, adjust R95 on Card ed light field is within 1/4" of that given in Table 3 9

('Wall SID #l') until the size of the project

26 Move the tube unit and collimator longitudinally until the switch for the second discrete SID position is actuated

27 Repeat Step 25, noting that R97 on Card A9 ('Wall SID #2') is the adjustment

28 Move the tube unit and collimator longitudinally until the switch for the third discrete SID positron is actuated

29 Repeat Step 25, noting that R99 on Card A9 ('Wall SID #3') is the adjustment

22 3 Adjustment for 14" x 17'' Image Receptor Size Chest Unit

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

Rotate the tube unit and collimator so the x ray beam is horizontal, directed toward the chest unit

Depending on the particular unit involved, insert a cassette in the cassette holder or transport a film to the exposure area

Move the tube unit and collimator longitudinally until the switch for the largest discrete SID position is actuated (usually 72")

Slide the Receptor Alignment Tool (RAT) into the cone tracks on the bottom of the collimator

Energize the field light and measure the transverse dimension of the light field projected onto the RAT I f necessary, adjust R88 on Card A10 ('Lat Fixed') until the size of the projected light field is within 1/8" of 4-5/8" (preferably slightly undersize)

Measure the longitudinal dimension of the light field projected onto the RAT I f necessary, adjust R94 on Card ( A 3 ('Long, Fixed') until the size of the projected light field is within 1/8" of 55/8" (prefer ably slightly undersize)

Move the tube unit and collimator longitudinally until the switch for the second discrete SID position is actuated

Energize the field light and measure the size of the light field projected onto the RAT I f necessary, adjust R97 on Card - A9 ('Wall SID #2') until the size of the projected light field is within 1/4" of that given in Table 39


Repeat Step 8, noting that R95 on Card A9 ('Wall SID #l') is the adjustment

3-74


REV 8 SM D5303GO

TABLE 3 9 LIGHT FIELD SIZE AT RECEPTOR ALIGNMENT TOOL (RAT)

SI D CASSETTE SIZE LIGHT FIELD SIZE AT RAT 40"

44"

48'

60"

72"

8' x lo" lo" x 12" 14" x 17"

8 " x lo" lo" x 12" 14" x 17"

8" x 10" lo" x 12" 14" x 17"

8 ' x lo" lo" x 12" 14" x 17"

a" x 10" lo" x 12" 14" x 17"

4-314" x 6"

8 318" x 10-1 14" 6" x 7-1 14"

4-31a" x 5 112" 5 5" x 6 518" 7-1 1 /16 x 9-3/8"

4" x 5" 5" x 6" 7" x 8 112"

3 114" x 4" 4" x 4 314" 5 112" x 6 314"

2-518" x 3 114" 3-1 14" x 4" 4 518" x 5 518"

NOTE For lo", 11" or 12-1/2" targets, to measure 17" longitudinal light field size at 40", measure from center o RAT to right hand side and double

SEC 23 ADJUSTMENT OF QUANTAMAT FILM AREA SWITCHING

I f the installation involves a table or chest unit e uipped with an Ion Chamber Detector, perform the follow ing adjustment procedure after adjusting the fie1 1 Size

m 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

With the table in the horizontal position, place a 14" x 17" cassette in the tray and insert the tray in the table Bucky

Set the focal spot 40" above the Bucky film place

Monentarily depress the REDUCT ON OFF button

Manually adjust the blades until the pointers indicate a 13" x 13" field size on the 40" SID scale

Insert the extender card between Card A1 1 and the card connector


DVM Lead Connection

PROBE GND Chassis

Record the meter reading (should be in the vicinity of 3VDC 1

Reconnect the voltmeter probe to TP9 on Card A1 1 Adjust R121 until the meter reads the value recorded in Step 6

Reconnect the voltmeter probe a t the junction point of R42 and R94 (see Illustration 3-52) Record the meter reading

Junction point of R45 and R93 (See Illustration 3 52)

3-75 Copynghlo 1985 by General Electnc Co

' - ' GENERAL ELECTRIC MEDICAL SYSTEMS SENTRY THREE AUTOMATIC COLLIMATOR - - I

2-578 SM D5303C

9 Reconnect the voltmeter probe to TP10 on card A1 1 Adjust R118 until the meter reads the value recorded in Step 8

10 Remove the extender card and reconnect the card

3-76


REV 8 SM D5303C-0

SEC 24 LARGE FIELD SIZE CHECK

CAUTION THE FOLLOWING PROCEDURE REQUIRES THE PRODUCTION OF X-RAYS OBSERVE RADIATION SAFETY RULES A LEAD PROTECTIVE SCREEN, LEAD APRON OR OTHER PROTECTIVE MEDIUM SHOULD BE USED TO AVOID UNNECESSARY EXPOSURE

The X-ray tube and collimator (diagnostic source assembly) should be capable of providing a 17-inch transverse field a t a 40-inch SID

4

Position a loaded 14" x 17" cassette under the collimator (17" dimension along the transverse axis)

Set the focal spot 40" above the cassette (Use collimator tape )

Use the field light to align the tube and cassette

Fully open the collimator blades in the transverse direction (Use Override 1 setting )

Install RAT fixture per Illustration 3-53 using the 40" pattern

Install a loaded paper or vinyl cassette, with lead backing removed in RAT fixture

Expose both films simultaneously using 60 kV and technic settings which yield film densities of approximately 1

, PART OF RAT PAlTERN SET 46-216074P1

\ ,

ILLUSTRATION 3-53

3-77 CoGyrightO 1985 by Genera Electric C J

~ ~~


REV 8 SM D5303C-0

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

Process films

Verify full transverse coverage on the 14" x 17" film See Illustration 3-54

Use film in the RAT fixture as a reference only Both films should have the same portion of the pattern exposed if the 40" SID setting i s correct If not, correct the SID setting and verify that the RAT fixture contains the 40" pattern

If no cutoff is observed, proceed to Sec 25

If cutoff due to the lead fingers i s observed, as evidenced by a very fuzzy transverse border see Illustration 3-54, proceed as follows

STOP1 The lead fingers affect only the front and rear of the film, not the anode or cathode ends OK, now go ahead

Remove the collimator Turn the X-ray tube beam up and remove the three 10-24 socket head cap screws Carefully lift off the collimator and lay it down on a towel on the table It may be necessary to tie the suspension down

CAUTION Be careful! Bumping the fingers projecting from the top of the collimator could bend them

Energize the system and, using the thumbwheel on the upper left front of the collimator, fully close the transverse blade set

When the collimator blades are completely closed, the spacing of the lead fingers should be 11/64 f 1/64 ( 170 f 016 inches or 4 4 -+ 4 mm) If the spacing IS too little very carefully bend the fingers apart Some people have been surprised at how easily lead can be broken Don't be one of them

Remount the collimator per Chapter 3, Section 4, of this manual, observe torque requirements

Repeat the X-ray test If cutoff is s t i l l observed alignment of the blade and/or shutter assemblies may be faulty, in which case the collimator must be replaced

Copyright@ 1985 by General Electric Co 3 78

~ ~~~ ~ ~


REV 8 SM D5303C-0

b- X" ,-d- CENTEROF FILM t ANODE CUTOFF I

25% OF MAX DENSITY

cc AT DE

)NSTRt POlNl

lNSlTY

JC 'S IS

:T THESE WHERE i 25% OF

\

I LINES THE MAX

LEAD FINGER CUTOFF

m

HHS DEFINITION OF FIELD EDGES ILLUSTRATION3 54

3 79 Cooyrighto 1985 by General Electric Co


REV 8 SM D5303C-0

SEC 25 TUBE AND CUTOFF CHECK AND ADJUSTMENT

NOTE A mask plate is installed in the cover assembly to mask the Light field, a t the anode end of the tube, to agree with actual x-ray field If 15" tube target, this check and adjustment is not necessary

In the longitudinal direction, 10" and 11" target angle tubes will exhibit anode cutoff a t less than a 17-inch field with a SID of 40 inches This may also occur to some extent with a 12-1/2" tube A light mask i s provided to trim the light field on the anode end so that it conforms to the X-ray field

CAUTION THE FOLLOWING PROCEDURES REQUIRE THE PRODUCTION OF X-RAYS OBSERVE RADIATION SAFETY RULES A LEAD PROTECTIVE SCREEN, LEAD APRON OR OTHER PROTECTIVE MEDIUM SHOULD BE USED TO AVOID UNNECESSARY EXPOSURE

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

Position a loaded 14" x 17" cassette under the collimator (17" dimension along the longitudinal axis)

Set the focal spot 40" or 44" above the cassette depending on which scale has been installed on the field size indicator drum (Use collimator tape )

Use the field light to align the tube and cassette

Fully open the collimator blades in the longitudinal direction (Use Override 1 setting )

Install RAT fixture per Illustration 3-53 using the 40" or 44" pattern per step 2

Install a loaded paper or vinyl cassette, with lead backing removed, in RAT fixture

Expose both films simultaneously using 60 kV and technic settings which yield film densities of approximately 1

Process films

Verify full longitudinal coverage on the 14" x 17" fdm See Illustration 3-54

Use film in the RAT fixture as a reference only Both films should have the same portion of the pattern exposed i f the 40" or 44" SID setting is correct If not, correct the SID setting and verify that the RAT fixture contains the proper pattern

If no anode cutoff is observed, proceed to Sec 26

If anode cutoff i s observed, as evidenced by a very fuzzy border on the anode side of the exposure, see Illustration 3-54, proceed as follows

The light field must correspond to the X-ray field A light mask has been provided to trim the light field on the anode side, i f necessary Since anode cutoff will create a fuzzy edge, it may not be obvious where to set this mask HHS defines the field edges as the locus of points where the intensity is 25% of maximum The mask can be moved by loosening the two rear collimator rail mounting screws slightly while taking care not to shift the mylar target (tape the mylar target to the collimator cover while shifting the light mask) See Illustration 3-54 Edge of the mask projection should be located within f 1/8 inch and parallel within f 118 inch of the x-ray field pattern Retighten two screws

Copyrighto 1985 by General Electric Co 3-80


REV 8 ~

SM D5303C-0

14 To determine the film size where anode cutoff occurs measure the distance from the center of the film to the point where the film density is 25% of the maximum film density See Illustration 3-54

a Center of film can be found by making anode cassette exposure at the same geometry as the test film, but with the blades collimated down to a position less than the anode cutoff The intersection of pencil lines drawn diagonally from each corner will indicate the center of the film Superimpose this film with the test film to locate the center Double this dimension to get the maximum film size allowable a t 40" or 44" before anode cutoff occurs

15 Attach the anode cutoff warning label to the collimator nameplate as shown

I 1 POSITION 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

14 11 8 5 17 12 10 7 0 ,o 0 0 0 0 0 0

40

DIAL TO THE SHORTEST SI0

INDICATOR (40" OR 44'3 FROM STEP 2

ANODE CUTOFF POSITION LABEL SO THAT ITS MARKER IS DIRECTLY

BELOW THE MAX FILM SIZE DETERMINED IN STEP 14

ILLUSTRATION 3-55

SEC 26 PERFORMANCE OF FUNCTIONAL CHECK

To assure complete and proper operation of the collimator, perform the checks outlined in Chapter 4

3-8 1 CoDyrightO 1985 by General E ectric Co


REV 9

SECTION

7

8

9

10

11

CHAPTER 4 FUNCTIONAL CHECK

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TITLE

APPLICATION

EQUIPMENT

FUNCTIONAL TESTS

LIGHT FIELD BRIGHTNESS

SENTRY Ill ALIGNMENT TESTS FOR ROTATING COLLIMATORS

SENTRY 111 ALIGNMENT TESTS FOR NONROTATING COLLl MATORS

BLADE RESPONSE CHECK

EXTENSION CYLINDER ALIGNMENT CHECK

QUANTAMAT FILM AREA COMPENSATION CHECK

FILTER INTERLOCK CHECK FOR MAMMOGRAPHY COLLIMATOR

BEAM QUALITY DETERMINATION

S M D5303C

PAGE

4 1

4-1

4-1

4 5

4-6

4-10

4-12

4 12

4-12

4-12

4-12

NOTE Chapter 4 replaces the material formerly located in Direction 14039C Section 3 - Functional Check Sections 1 through 11 of Chapter 4 replace subsection 3-1 through 3-1 1, respectively of Direction 14039C

4 1 Copyrighto 1985 1986 by General Electric CO


REV 9 SM D5303C

CHAPTER 4 - FUNCTIONAL CHECK

SECTION 1 -APPLICATION

These checks should be performed as the final task at installation, after periodic maintenance has been completed as per Chapter 10 of SM D5303C, and after any repair which would affect collimator function described herein

Record functional check results on PMS Data Record - Sentry Three Automatic Colllimator This PMS Data Record is provided on the last five pages o f t h e Sentry Three Au tomat i c Co l l ima to r Operation Manual OM D5303C (This PMS Data Automatic Mode - NONAUTO and EXPOSURE Record was formerly called Form F3557 ) HOLD indicator lamps of f Blades automatically

If any test fails t o produce the expected result, call service t o correct the problem using Chapters 6 and 7 of SM D5303C as a reference

If the collimator meets all the applicable require ments of Tables 4-1 and 4-2 answer YES t o the question of Test 6-1-1 on Data Record Form F3382

Definitions

Tables 4-1 and/or 4-2 of SM D5303C must be used to answer the questions of Test 6-1-1, Form F3382 (part o f the "System Field Tests for HHS Com- pliance" Direction 13984)

SECTION 2 - EQUIPMENT

Light meter, Digaphot 3300/3303 or equivalent, must have an accuracy of 5% or better

Digital multimeter, Beckman 3030 RMS or Fluke Model 8030A, or equivalent

HHS Field Test Kit (RAT Kit), 46-17737261, wi th new RAT pattern set, 46216074P1

e SECTION 3 - FUNCTIONAL TESTS

Initial Conditions

X-ray table and generator power on Collimator keyswitch in NORMAL position

move t o provide a field size corresponding t o the size of the film in place (1 1/8 inches smaller than cassette dimensions)

Nonauto Mode (Manual) - NONAUTO indicator LAMP on, EXPOSURE HOLD indicator lamp o f f Manual (thumbwheel) control of blades over full range of blade travel

Exposure Hold Mode - EXPOSURE HOLD indicator lamp on, NONAUTO indicator lamp o f f X ray exposure not possible

System Failure Mode - Wi th keyswitch in Override 1 position, this is identical t o NONAUTO MODE With keyswitch in Override 2 position, the lamps wil l be as per the NONAUTO MODE, but only screwdriver control of blades will be possible (thumbwheels nonfunctional)

4 1 CopyrtghtO 1985 1986 by General Electric Co


REV 8 SM D5303C-0

SENTRY 111 FUNCTIONAL TESTS

TABLE 4-1 TEST INVOLVING A TABLE BUCKYW

Equipment Setup

1 Table - Honzontal 2 lo" Beam - Vertical 2 lo" Table Top - Lowest posdion SID - Greater than 36" Cassette and tray in place (2)

2 Rotate the blade control thumbwheels to the fully closed posibon then press the REDUCT SET button

3 Rotate the thumbwheels to the fully open posnion

4 Rotate the thumbwheels to the fully closed posmon, then press the REDUCT SET button

~~

5 Perform each of the following operabons one at a time After each operation, mtum the equipment to Its orlglnal state

0 Table - Angulate beyond 2 lo" of honzontal

Beam - Angulate beyond 2 lo" of v e f t d

0 Remove cassette and reinsert tray

Slowly reduce SID to less than 36"

0 Slowly increase SID to 36"

0 Turn the keysvwtch toOVERRlDE 1

6 Turn the keysmch to OVERRIDE 2 ~

7 Return keysvwtch to Normal Mode

Set up equipment as follows

Table - Vertical within lo" Beam - Honzontal=lo" SID - Maximum discrete SID Cassette and tray in place (*)

~~ ~ ~~

8 Angulate the table beyond 10" of vertical

9 Return the table to vertical Angulate the tube beyond 10" of beam honzontal

Results Expected

Automahc Mode

The blades should close only when the button is pressed

The blades should not open any larger than the film size

The blades should open to a field corresponding to the film m e when the button is pressed

For each operation the collimator should transfer to the Manual Mode When the equipment is returned to Its onginal state the collimator should revert to the Automatic Mode

For the 36" SID crossover the collimator must go back to Automatrc between 35" and 355"

System Failure Mode

Automabc Mode

Manual Mode

Manual Mode

(l) Steps 1 to 6 relate to all systems Steps 7 to 12 relate to an angulating table Step 13 relates to a Bucky in an elevating Cath

(2) Only one cassette or film may be in place in the system

table Step 14 relates to an Ordograph

Copyright @ 1985 by General Elecmc CO 4-2


REV 8 SM D5303C-0

SENTRY 111 FUNCTIONAL TESTS TESTS INVOLVING A TABLE BUCKY

TABLE 4-1 (Continued)

Equipment Setup

10 Return the beam to honzontal Move the tube slowly toward the table

11 Position the tube between two discrete SIDs Select OVERRIDE 1 then select OVERRIDE 2 Return the key switch to Normal

12 Angulatethetableto90"Ttendelenberg Position thetube as if to expose a film

13 Raise the table top from the lowest posrtion Turn the keyswitch to Normal then to OVERRIDE 1 then to OVERRIDE 2

14 Set up equipment as in Step 1

Turn on Ordograph a Angulate the tube beyond 210" of beam vertical

0 Turn off the Ordograph

Results Expected -

For each discrete SID programmed at installation the collima tor should be in the Automabc mode

For SID s between 20" and 35 the collimator should be in the Manual Mode

For all other SID s the collimator should be in the Exposure Hold Mode

Exposure Hold Mode regardless of keyswitch position

Exposure Hold

Exposure Hold Mode regardless of keyswch position

Collimator should rematn in Automatic Mode even dunng angulatton

4 3 CopyngM @ 1985 by General Electric Co


REV 8

TESTS INVOLVING A VEFITICAUY MOUNTED RECEPTOW) TABLE 4-2

SM D5303C-0

Equlpment setup

1 Receptor - Vertical wlthin 10" Beam - Honzontal wlthin 10" SID - Maximum discrete SID Cassette and tray or film in place

2 Perform each of the following operations one at a time After each operation, return the equipment to Its orlglnal state

0 Beam - Angulate beyond 210" of horizontal

0 Receptor - Angulate beyond 2 10" of vertical d possible

0 Remove cassette or film If testing vertical Bucky leave tray in place

3 Move the tube slowly toward the receptor

4 Position the tube between 2 discrete SIDs Turn the keyswttch to OVERRIDE 1 OVERRIDE 2 then back to Normal Return to a discrete SID

5 Place a cassette in the table Bucky tray and insert the tray

6 For a vertical Bucky stand rotate the una clockwise slightly out of the normal posttion

~ _ _ _ _ _ _

7 Rotate the unlt 180" from the normal posttion and then angulate it backward to horizontal Release the legs and then lower the untt until the legs touch the floor Posttion the tube for beam vertical and set the SID to 40 inches

8 Till the tube beyond lo" of beam vertical

9 Raise the Bucky to the second discrete vertical posltion Maintain a minimum of @inch SID

10 Till the Bucky beyond 10" of the honzontal posltion

( Tests 7 to 10 relate to a vertical Bucky stand only

Copynght @ 1985 by General Electnc Co 4-4

Results Expected

Automatic Mode

Manual Mode

For each discrete SID programmed at installation the colli mator should be in the Automatic Mode

For SID s between 20" and 35" the collimator should be in the Manual Mode

For all other SID s the collimator should be in the Exposure Hold Mode

Exposure Hold Mode regardless of keyswttch position

Exposure Hold Mode ~ ~~

Exposure Hold Mode

Automatrc Mode

Manual Mode

Automatic Mode at second discrete verhcal posltion Manual Mode at intermediate positions

Manual Mode

~

GENERAL ELECTRIC MEDICALSYSTEMS SENTRY THREE AUTOMATIC COLLIMATOR

REV 9

ALIGNMENT REQUIREMENTS* TABLE 4 ?

SM D5303C

Test

Light Field Brightness

SID Indicator or Detent

Center to-Center Alignment

X raylLight Field Alignment

Actual vs Indicated Field Sire

X Ray Fieldffilm Size

Requirement

The average illumination at a distance of 100 cm (39 37 in )from the focal spot shall be no lessthan 16foot candles(170lux)

Actual SID must be within 1 8% of indicated SID

Receptor center and X ray field center must align t o within 1 8% of SID

~~

Misalignment may not exceed 2 8% along either length or width and may not exceed 3 8% in all directions Errorsare added regardless of sign

Actual field size must be within 1 8% S I 0 of pointer indication

Field length or width must correspond t o film length or width towithin 2 8% SID Length plus width errors must be within 3 8% S I 0

Service Reference.'

Chapter 7 Schematics step down transformer tap selection

Chapter 3 Section 9 location of vertical detentsand scales or Direction 14039 Section 1 10 location of SID switch actuators

Chapter 3 Section 14 location of transverse detents X ray tube leveling Chapter 6 Section 2 light field crosshair alignment

Chapter 6 Section 1 light field adjustment

Chapter 6 section 16 Check for binding or loose pointer blocks For minor adjustments remove faceplate and gently bend pointers

Chapter 7 Schematics Chapter 3 Section 18 and 22 or Direction 14039 Sections 2 1 and 2 Bthrough 2 11

NOTE Customer requirements wil l generally be tighter than those listed here

** NOTE Unless otherwise indicated service references are in thisService Manual SM 5303C

0 SECTION 4 - LIGHT FIELD BRIGHTNESS

Test per the procedure of the "Intensity of Collimator Light Field" section of most current revision of Direction 13894 System Field Test for HHS, for the following requirement The average illumination at a distance of 100 cm (39 37 in ) from the focal spot shall be no less than 16 foot-candles (170 lux)

Test shall be performed at installation periodic maintenance, repair, and bulb replacement

4 5 CopyrightC 1985 1986 by General Electric Co


REV 8

SECTION 5 - SENTRY 111 ALIGNMENT TESTS FOR 2 ROTATING COLLIMATORS

Use the following procedures for collimators that can be rotated about the central ray, via a rotate release button on the side of the collimator If your collimator does not have this feature go to Section 6

1 Set the tube at the desired SID, using the operator s 3 tape or the detent If using the tape, the small hinged piece must be extended, and you should note that the film plane is about 2 inch below the front face of the cassette ( 14 inch for wafer cas-

SM D5303C-0

Load a large film in the Bucky and align the tube to the Bucky The fim should have its longitudinal axis parallel to the table axis

NOTE Normally, you could expect anode cutoff on a 17-inch field at 40 inches SID with an 11" tube However, with this new procedure, you will not get any cutoff

The RAT fixture may be assembled without the rectangular bars or the Plexiglas, if desired, as the tray featurel of the RAT will not be utilized The reduction in weight will reduce the tendency of the X-ray tube to tilt downward when It is angulated to

settes) beam horizontal See Illustration 4-1

< / \

-DO1 \

CopyngM @ 1985 by General Electnc Co

ILLUSTRATION 41

4-6

~ ~~~ ~~


REV 8

4 Select a RAT pattern of the proper SID designation and place it on the blank PC board Centenng is not important Align the N S axis of the pattern wth the table longitudinal axis The special vinyl coating is designed to hold the pattern in place, even in a vertical position However, if the pattern wdl not stick to the RAT, it can be held in place with a single paper clip or alligator clip at the top edge

~

5 Set the collimator to overnde 1 (or reduct , if key is not handy) and adjust the field size for a pointer indication of 12" x 1 2

6 Expose the film but do not remove it Use a very low technique small spot 50 or 60 kVp and low mAs so that the collimator blades are just visible (density equals 5 to 8)

7 Set the collimator to automatic then depress the collimator rotate release button on the side of the collimator, and rotate the collimator to the 45" position

8 Record the intersection of the light field on the RAT pattern

9 Make a second exposure and remove the film

10 Expose a small and a medium size film (8 x 10 and 1O.x 12) with the collimator in the AUTO mode and rotated 45" as in Step 9

11 Examine the film Refer to Illustration 4-2

NOTE The following steps represent a significant change in the method of interpreting test films This change is applicable only for the new RAT patterns and must not be used with the onginal RAT pattern (46-1 77371 P1) The errors in alignment will some- times be measured with the scale on the RAT pattern and with the image of those scales on the Bucky film These values will be divided into the selected SID The result expressed as percent, will be recorded as percent of actual SID Refer to the example at the end of this section

a Determine percent SID error by companng the image of the metric scale to a standard metric

SM D5303C-0

ruler Use the longest segment possible A 400 mm segment will provide 25% SID readings, while 200 mm segment will provide 5% SID readings

Example A 14" x 17" film shows a 420 mm segment of metnc scale but only about 300 mm is clear enough to read Use only 200 mm of this scale and check to see if it really measures 200 mm If the segment measures exactly 200 mm the SID is exactly the value printed on the RAT pattern If the segment measures 201 mm, the SID is greater than the value pnnted on the pattern by 1 part in 200, or 5% Calculate the actual SID by adding (or subtract- ing) the percent error to the selected SID

Determine center-to-center percent error by drawing diagonals across the film corners and across the comers of the 12" x 12" field Meas ure the misalignment with a ruler and divide the result by the actual SID Convert to percent

Determine light field-to-X-ray field misalignment by cornpanng the data recorded in Step 8 to the edges of the field as indicated by the scales impnnted on the film Divide these values of misalignment by the selected SID, convert to percent but record the result as -YO actual SID

Determine pointer-to-actual size percent error by noting error between pointer indication and field size as indicated by the scales imprinted on the film Divide error by selected SID convert to percent, but record result as - YO actual SID

Determine the size-to-size percent error by comparing the film size to the measured size of the exposed area of the film (large diagonal field) Divide this difference by the actual SID convert to percent and record the result

12 Repeat Steps a, b, d, and e as required for beam horizontal or other SID s

Example Refer to Illustration 4 2

4-7 Copynght @ 1985 by General Electnc Co


REV 8 SM D5303C-0

34307 Do1 ILLUSTRATION 4-2

EXAMPLE

For Step a Selected SID was 44" segment from 40 mm to 440 mm measured 405 mm SID error is +5 mm - 400 mm = 1 25% The actual SID therefore is 44" + 1 25% or 44 55'

For Step b The error, by direct measurement of dis tance between diagonals IS 0 3 ' This is expressed as 3" - 44 55' or 6 W o SID

For Step c

Ught Field X-ray Field E m r

18 4N 18 3N 1" 1 os 11s 1"

15 SE 15 4E 1 1 ow 0 9w 1"

North/South error = 2' - 44 = 45% SID EastlWest error = 2' - 44' = 45% SID

For Step d Pointer indication 12' x 12" Site of small field using scales pnnted on film = (12 1 NE) x (1 1 8 E/w)

Long error = 1" N/S - 44" = 23% SID Lat error = 2' E/S - 44 = 45% SID

For Step e Large field size measured with ruler =

17 4' Long 1 4 7 Lat

Errors = 4 - 44 55 = 9% SID Long

9% + 1 6% = 2 5% total 7 - 4455 = 16% SID Lat

Repeat the field size measurement for small and for medium size film

Copynght @ 1985 by General Electric Co 4-8


REV 8 SM D5303C-0

/

ILLUSTRATION 4-3

4-9

34308-00'

CopyngM @ 1985 by General Electnc CO

~ ~


REV 9 SM D5303C

SECTION 6 -SENTRY 111 ALIGNMENT TESTS FOR NON-ROTATING COLLIMATORS

In the event the collimator cannot be rotated 45" (does not have a rotate release button) use the followng procedure for Test 6-2-1 Form F3382

1 Perform Steps 1 through 5 of Section 5 with the following change

0 Assemble the RAT in the normal fashion, that is, with the Plexiglas and the rectangular spacer bars See Illustration 4-3

2 Expose the film using a very low technique, small spot, 50 or 60 kVp, and low mAs, so that the collimator blades are just visible (denstty equals 5 to 8) Remove the film

3 Insert an empty 14 by 17 cassette in the Bucky and a smaller cassette or Redi-pak film in the tray of the RAT The collimator should be in AUTO mode Record the intersection of the light field on the RAT pattern

NOTE If you are using a 40-inch SID and the tube target angle is 1 1" or less you cannot obtain 17-iwh field coverage longitudinally In this case, insert the film with the longer dimension laterally

4 Expose the film using a very low technique (50 to 60 kVp and 1 mAs or less for high-speed screens, 5 to 10 mAs for no screen) Do not remove the film

5 Replace the large Bucky cassette wtth a medium and then with a small cassette and make more expe sures If the technique is light enough all three exposures may be superimposed on a single RAT film Process the films

NOTE If your are doing this for the first bme we suggest you use 3 separate films

6 Examine the first film See Illustration 4-4

NOTE The followng steps represent a significant change in the method of interpreting test films This change is applicable only for the new RAT patterns and must not be used with the onginal RAT pattern (46-177371P1) The errors in alignment wll some- times be measured with the scale on the RAT pattern and with the image of those scales on the Bucky film These values mll be divided into the selected SID

The result, expressed as percent, will be recorded as percent of actual SID Refer to the example at the end of this section

a Determine percent SID error by companng the image of the metnc scale to a standard metnc ruler Use the longest segment possible A 400 mm segment will provide 25% SID readings, while a 200 mm segment will provide 5% SID readings

Example A 14" x 17" film shows a 300 mm segment of metnc scale Use only 200 mm of this scale and check to see if it really measures 200 mm If the segment measures exactly 200 mm, the SID is exactly the value pnnted on the RAT pattern If the segment measures 201 mm, the SID is greater than the value pnnted on the pattern by 1 part in 200, or 5% Calculate the actual SID by adding (or subtractrng) the percent error to the selected SID

b Determine center-to-center percent error by drawng diagonals across the film corners and across the comers of the 12" x 12" field Measure the misaligment wtth a ruler and divide the result by the actual SID Convert to percent

c Determine pointer-teactual size percent error by noting error between pointer indication and field sue as indicated by the scales impnnted on the film Divide error by selected SID, convert to percent, but record result as-% actual SID

7 Examine the second film See Illustration 4-5

a Determine light field-teX-ray field misalignment by companng the data recorded in Step 3 to the edges of the field as indicated by the scales impnnted on the film Divide these values of misalignment by the selected SID, convert to percent, but record the result as - % actual SID

b Determine the sizsto-size percent error by companng the film size to the sue of the field as indicated by the scales impnnted on the film See note below Divide the difference by the actual SID Record the result

NOTE The indicated field size must first be cor- rected for any error in the SID Increase or d e crease the indicated field size by the same per-

CopynghtQ 1985 1986 by General Electnc Co 4-1 0


REV 8 SM D5303C-0

NOTE The indicated field size must first be cor- rected for any error in the SID Increase or decrease the indicated field size by the same per- centage that the SID was found to be high or low For example, if the SID was found to be 1% high (from Step sa) and the indicated field size was 14 units by 17 units (from Step 7a), then the actual field size is 14 14 inches by 17 17 inches

8 Repeat Steps 6a, 6b, 6c, and 7b as required for beam honzontal or other SID s

Example Refer to Illustrations 4-4 and 4 5

For Step 6a Selected SID was 44", segment from 60 mm to 260 mm measured 202 5 mm SID error is +2 5 mm - 200 mm = 1 25% The actual SID, therefore IS 44' + 1 25% or 44 55'

For Step 6b The error by direct measurement of dis tance between diagonals is 0 3" This is expressed as 3 - 44 55' or 67% SID

For Step 6c Pointer indication 1 2 x 12" Size of small field using scales printed on film = (12 1" NE) x

Long error = 1" N/S - 44'' = 23% SID Lat error = 2'' E/S - 44" = 45% SID

For Step 7a Light Field X-ray Field Error

18 4N 18 3N 1

(11 8" E/W)

1 os 11s 1" 15 5E 15 4E 1 1 ow 0 9w 1 '

NortNSouth error = 2' - 44" = 45% SID EasffWest error = 2' - 44" = 45% SID

For Step 7b SID error (from Step sa) is +1 25% Indicated field size = 17 2 units N E by 14 5 units E/W Actual field site = 17 2" + 1 25% N/S by 14 5 + 1 25% OW Actual field size then is 17 4" x 14 7

4' - 44 55" = 9% SID, Long 7 - 44 55' = 1 6% SID Lat 9% + 1 6% = 2 5% total

ILLUSTRATION 4-4

4-1 1

ILLUSTRATION 4-5

CopyngM @I 1985 by General Electnc CO

~

GENERAL ELECTRIC MEDICAL SYSTEMS

~ ~


REV 9 SM D5303C

SECTION 7 - BLADE RESPONSE CHECK

Start with the collimator in the Auto mode, (cassette and tray in place) Recycle the collimator several times by removing and reinserting the cassette while observing blade response via the field lamp

No more than three oscillations should follow blade repositioning There should be no binding or chattering Service Reference Damping Adjust- ment" SM D5303C Chapter 3, Section 20, or Direction 14039 Section 2-6

Vary the SID from 40 inches to maximum and back while observing the light field The field size should remain approximately constant Service Reference 'SID Adjustment" SM 053032 Chapter 3, Section 19-1 steps 5d through 5f and step 6 and Damping Adjustments", SM D5303C, Chapter 3, Section 20, or see the corresponding Section 2-2 step 3, and Section 2-6, respectively of Direction 14039

NOTE

Overdamping will result in a system that does not respond to small changes in SID This will cause inaccurate field size control When adjustments are complete, the blades should respond smoothly to changes in SID

SECTION 8- EXTENSION CYLINDER ALIGNMENT CHECK (OPTIONAL ACCESSORY)

Slide the extension cylinder onto the collimator tracks With the beam vertical project the light field onto a white matte surface The circle of light should be symmetrical about the crosshairs If adjustment is needed, tape the mylar window in position to keep it from slipping and then loosen the screws holding the tracks Shift or shim the tracks as required

Copyrighto 1985 1986 by General Electric Co 4 12

SECTION 9 - QUANTAMAT FILM AREA COMPENSA- TION CHECK

If an Ion Chamber Detector is part of the system check film area compensation according to the instructions in Chapter 4 of the Quantamat II Service Manual SM A84006, or Chapter 4 of the Quantamatic Exposure Control Service Manual SM A8700

SECTION 10 - FILTER INTERLOCK CHECK FOR MAM- MOGRAPHY COLLIMATOR

Select 50 kVp and a light technique

Insert a cassette and position the equipment as if to expose a film

Push the 1 5 mm aluminurn filter on the side of the collimator all the way in

Attempt to make an exposure Exposures must be possible

Retract the filter and attempt another exposure Exposures must not be possible

Select 49 kVp and attempt exposures Expo- sures must be possible regardless of the position of the filter

SECTION 11 - BEAM QUALITY DETERMINATION

Perform the Half Value Layer Test described in Section 4 of Direction 13894, System Field Test for HHS' Note that for Mammography Collimators the 1 5 mm aluminum filter must be in place to perform the test All other operator removable filters on Mammo or regular collimators are to be retracted or removed

This check must be performed at installation and whenever any part of the Diagnostic Source Assem bly involving absorption between the source and the patient has been repaired or replaced


REV 14 SM D5303C

CHAPTER 6

SERVICE

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PAGE SECTION TITLE

PART I SERVICE ADJUSTMENTS

6 1 LIGHT FIELD ADJUSTMENT

LIGHT FIELD CROSSHAIR ALIGNMENT 6-3

BUCKY CENTERING LIGHT ALIGNMENT 6 3

FIELD LIGHT "ON" TIME ADJUSTMENT 6-3

CASSETTE TRAY - CASSETTE CLAMP ALIGNMENT 6 7

CASSETTE TRAY - CASSETTE CLAMPING FORCE ADJUSTMENT 6 9

CALIBRATION OF CASSETTE SIZE SENSING POTENTIOMETERS 7 1 Calibration Check 7 2 Calibration Procedure

6 9 6 9 6-1 1

SENSING ARM STOP BLOCK AND AUXILIARY SWITCH REALIGNMENT 6-13 8

PART I 1 REPAIR PROCEDURES

FIELD LAMP REPLACEMENT 9 1 Replacement Procedure 9 2 Lamp Filament Alignment Check

6-15 6-1 5 6 16

9

6-1 7 10

11

12

13

14

FIELD LIGHT TIMER - SWITCH REPLACEMENT

6-17 SWITCH AND TERMINAL BOARD ASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT

6-18 MERCURY SWITCH REPLACEMENT

6 2 1 BLADE DRIVE MOTOR REPLACEMENT

6-23 6 23 6 24

POTENTIOMETER REPLACEMENT 141 142 Blade Driven Pot Replacement

Manual Blade Control Pot Replacement

MIRROR REPLACEMENT 15 1 Broken Mirror Removal 15 2 New Mirror Attachment

6 2 6 6 26 6-27

15

61


REV 14 SM D5303C

TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT'D)

SECTION TITLE

16 FIELD SIZE POINTER ATTACHMENT BLOCK TIGHTENING 16 1 Procedure for Tightening One Loose Attachment Block 16 2 Procedure for Tightening Both Attachment Blocks

17 MYLAR SHIM REPLACEMENT

18 CASSElTE SIZE SENSING POTENTIOMETER REPLACEMENT 18 1 18 2

Longitudinal C S S Pot Replacement Transverse C S S Pot Replacement

19 SENSING ARM REPLACEMENT

20 STEEL DRIVE CABLE REPLACEMENT - C S S TRAY

21 TRAY PLUG REPLACEMENT

PAGE

6-29 6 29 6-31

6-31

834 6 34 6-35

6-36

6-37

6.39

22 BUCKY RECEPTACLE REPLACEMENT

6-11


REV 14 SM D5303C

PART 1 SERVICE ADJUSTMENTS

SEC 1 LIGHT FIELD ADJUSTMENT

Remove the nameplate See Illustration 6-1

CAUTION BECAUSE OF THE HIGH ENERGY LAMP, THE LIGHT HOUSING MAY BE HOT NEVER ENERGIZE THE LAMP WITH THE LIGHT HOUSING COVER REMOVED BECAUSE THE HIGH INTENSITY OF THE LAMP IS BLINDING

Detach the light housing cover See Ill 6-2

Make sure the lamp is seated fully in the socket See Ill 6 3

NOTE THE LAMP SHOULD NEVER BE TOUCHED DIRECTLY WITH THE FINGERS as this is detrimental to its useful l ife Instead, use tissue paper or a soft cloth as a protective media between the fingers and the lamp If the outside of the lamp is contaminated, clean with a soft cloth dampened with water Wipe the lamp dry before energizing

Replace the light housing cover,

Determine x-ray to light field alignment as follows

a Set the tube a t 40' (44') SID Set keyswitch to override 1 Load a 14 X 17 cassette in the bucky

b Place light field to x-ray field test pattern (46-198466) on the table top

c Using the light field, collimate down to the edge of the rectangle on the test pattern Take an exposure

d Open collimator blades larger than the rectangle Take another exposure

e Develop the film Record the distance between the first exposure (darkest area) and the rectangle (1 division = 1 inch) for each of the four sides

f The first exposure (darkest area) should be centered on the test pattern rectangle within the alignment specifications of Chapter 4, Section 3, Table 4-3, x-rayhght field alignment

If alignment is not correct

a Loosen slightly thetwo light housing mounting screws See Illustration 6-2

b Shift the housing vertically to move the field forward or back, and horizontally to move the field right or lef t Reposition and repeat Step 5

NOTE Do not rotate the housing

Retighten the two screws

Replace the nameplate

Check crosshair and Bucky centering light alignment per the following sections

6 1


REV 14 SM D5303C

To Remove Nameplate

A

B

C

Loosen these screws 0 Ti It nameplate forward and unplug leads to key switch and indicator lights

Lift nameplate out

NAMEPLATE ILLUSTRATION 6 1

20602910

ILLUSTRATION 6-2

- ILLUSTRATION 6 3

6-2 - --__-___-

20679 PI0

- 7255 I

_- a

0 GENERAL ELECTRIC MEDICAL SYSTEMS I SENTRY THREE AUTOMATIC COLLIMATOR

REV 11 SM D5303C

SEC 2 LIGHT FIELD CROSSHAIR ALIGNMENT

1 Position the tube unlt and collimatgr to project the light field on a smooth, light colored surface a t a 40 ' SID

2 Darken the room and energize the field light Slowly move each blade set toward the closed position while observing the light pattern

The illuminated area should show equal rectangles of light on elther side of the crosshair shadows as each set of blades is moved toward the closed position

3 If adjustment is necessary, loosen slightly the two rear screws in each cone track, tap the light field window frame with a screwdriver until alignment is satisfactory and then retighten the cone track screws.

SEC 3 BUCKY CENTERING LIGHT ALIGNMENT

The Bucky centering light is designed to provide a projected crosshair image in front of the collimator in line with the transverse (lateral) center line of the light field To check alignment proceed as follows

1 Manually adjust the blades to yield a field size of approximately 12" x 12"

2

3

Darken the room and energize the field light

Position the tube unit and collimator so the shadow of the transterse crosshair falls on a transverse a guide line on the table top 40" SID (If the table top does not have guide lines, use another means to establish a reference line - approximately 20" in length - for the alignment check )

If the Bucky light crosshair shadow does not center within 1/4 'of the guide line and IS not reasonably parallel to the line, adjust per the following steps

4

CAUTION

Remove the nameplate per Illustration 6 1

BECAUSE OF THE HIGH ENERGY LAMP, THE LIGHT HOUSING MAY BE HOT

5 Loosen slightly the two socket head screws on the bottom of the light housing

6 Slide the entire Bucky light lens assembly until the proper position is obtained

7 Retighten the screws

8 If necessary, rotate the light housing to move the Bucky light field If this is done recheck the position of the light field and the shadow crosshairs per instructions in Sections 1 and 2 of this chapter

9 Replace the nameplate

SEC 4 FIELD LIGHT "ON TIME ADJUSTMENT The field light timer is set at the maximum adjustment I f the user desires a reduction from this maximum, proceed as follows

For collimatorsM/ old style dashpot

1 Remove the nameplate See Illustration 6 1

6 3


REV 11 SM D5303C

2 Detach the connector housing cover See Illustration 6 4

3

4 Remove the trim cover

Disconnect the lock and light cable and the servo cable

a

b

Remove the two screws in the top corners of the back of the collimator

Remove the MIO front screws in each cone track on the bottom of the collimator

c Standard Collimator Remove the filter assemblies and set aside Mammography Collimator The filter assembly used with this collimator cannot be removed

Detach the filter handle (back out the two set screws in the bottom of the handle) and then push the filter far enough into the colli mator so the trim cover will not get caught when it is slid off

d Rotate the collimator 90° from the front posrtion

e Detach the rotational detent button by removing the capscrew in the bumn Also remove the sleeve and the spring

NOTE Before removing, turn the detent button down tight This turns the plunger shaft in far enough to permlt the trim m e r to slide over It

f With the measuring tape fully retracted slide the cover rearward and off See Illustration 6 5

NOTE Make sure the cover does not get caught on the measuring tape - For collimatorsMl Electronic Timer

1

2

Remove nameplate See Illustration 61

Adjust potentiometer on timer circuit board, located below timer button, for desired timing

3 Replace nameplate

6-4

, I LLUSTRATION 6-4

21042 P10

204444310

ILLUSTRATION 6 5

6?5

- r GENERAL ELECTRIC MEDICAL SYSTEMS SENTRY THREE AUTOMATIC COLLIMATOR

5

NOTE

6

Remove the timer switch assembly Seelllustration6-6 Pull the assembly out from the side On units wth electronic Timers, remove from front

USE CAUTION The dashpot IS glass

Remove the plastic cap from the back of the assembly

7 Turn the socket head set screw on the back of the assembly CCW to shorten the interval (turn the screw only small increments a t a time)

8 Depress the button and check the timer interval Listen for the audible click in the snapaction witch Replace the plastic cap when the adjustment is satisfactory

Replace the timer switch assembly, trim cover, lock and light and servo cables, connector housing cover, and nameplate When replacing the trim cover again have the measuring tape fully retracted Also replace the spring sleeve and rotational detent button turn the plunger shaft out with a screwdriver slide the spring and sleeve over the shaft, engage the keyed portion of the button with the groove on the shaft and then replace the cap screw With the Mammography Collimator pull the filter back out using a needle nose pliers and reattach the handle

9

DETACH TIMER WITCH ASSEMBLY

' BY REMOVING THESE SCREWS

7252

ILLUSTRATION 6 6

6-6

r ---- - --- --T------.c --- -- GENERAL ELECTRIC MEDICAL SYSTEMS . SENTRY ?HREE AUTOMATIC EOXMATOR~

4-....&-c----.-\- - - c-w_

SM D5303C / - 1ami

i -----A -- - - -

SEC 5 CASSETTE T R A Y - CASSETTE CLAMP A L I G N M E N T

The cassette clamps should be parallel to the short axis of the tray

To realign the rear cassette clamp, refer to the procedure given in Ill 6 7

To realign the front cassette clamp, refer to I l l 6-8

- B SHIFT CLAMP POSITION" C RETIGHTEN SCREW i

18073910 -- ...- _- - ILLUSTRATION 6-7

87

__ --- - -- I -- --- - - - -- - 7-- - - -- , GENERAL ELECTRIC MEDICAL SYSTEMS SENTRY THREE AUTOMATIC COLLIMATOR

S M D5303C

--- - --

- -174

CHANNEL

-\ 18079-PlO

A Detach channel from clamp assembly by removing these screws inside channel

1808oPlO I B Lift locking handle and remove pin which passes through link and bar assembly

C

D

Loosen these screws at bottom of clamp assembly Shift cassette clamp as nececcary then retighten screws Replace pin and then channel

ILLUSTRATION 6-8

6-8

SEC 6 CASSETTE TRAY - CASSETTE CLAMPING FORCE ADJUSTMENT

From time to time it is necessary to adjust the cassette clamping mechanism to ensure secure locking of the cassette If the locking mechanism loosens due to normal wear, it may be tightened by adjusting the two set screws in the locking handle Proceed as follows

1

2

Unlatch the locking handle and pull the cassette clamps apart

Adjust the clamping mechanism per Illustration 6 9

3 Place a cassette in the tray Push the clamps against the cassette and relatch the locking handle An increase in clamping force should be noticed but the locking mechanism should operate without binding and should not requrre excessive effort to latch Repeat the adjustment if necessary, until the results are satisfactory

20454-PlO

ADJUST CASSETTE HOLDING FORCE BY TURNING THESE SET SCREWS IN HANDLE CW

NOTE In order to maintain necessary balance on th is adjustment, each set screw should be turned the same amount This is a slight adjustment requiring approximately 3 to 4 degrees of screw rotation to compensate for normal wear

ILLUSTRATION 6 9

SEC 7 CALIBRATION OF CASSETTE SIZE SENSING POTENTIOMETERS

7 1 Calibration Check

This calibration check is provided to isolate a malfunction of the automatic collimation system to the automatic collimator or the cassette size sensing tray To check calibration of the pots in the tray proceed as follows

1

2

Remove the cassette size sensing tray from the Bucky and place on a convenient work surface

Insert a standard size cassette in the tray center accurately and lock in place

6-9

3 In order to obtain measurements associated with the width dimension of the cassette (longitudinal axis of x-ray table) it is necessary to activate the sensing arm

a Detach the tray mechanism chamber cover

b While moving the sensing arm toward the cassette, insert a screwdriver with a 318" wide blade in the sensing arm actuating slot See Illustration 6-10 This provides the same mechanical action as the pin and pad assembly when the tray is inserted into the Bucky

CAUTION DO NOT APPLY PRESSURE TO THE END OF THE SENSING ARM ALL PRESSURE MUST BE APPLIED AT THE HEEL OF THE ARM

20455-PlO

ILLUSTRATION 6 1 0

4 Refer to Table 6-1 and make the applicable resistance measurements If discrepancies are noted, refer to subsection 7 2 following

TABLE 61

RESISTANCE MEASUREMENTS FOR CALIBRATION CHECK

FILM LENGTH OR WIDTH

5" 7" 8"

10" 12" 14" 17"

RESISTANCE VALUE (OHMS)'

75+! 20 210+1 20 280+1 20 420+! 20 580+1 20 720+! 20 940+1 20

.Measured across pins 4 & 8 of tray plug for width (longltudlnal) dimension, measured across Pins 1 & 5 of tray plug for length (transverse) dimension

610

--- - -- -- - ---- -------- ---- --- -- ----- ----_L__ 7 - - GENERAL ELECTRIC MEDICAL SYSTEMS SENTRY THREE AUTOMATIC COLLIMATOR

CHASSIS +6 84VDC CON

VOLMETER

- t I

AMPHENOL

LENGTH (TRANS 1 OUTPUT VOLTAGE

WIDTH (LONG ) OUTPUT VOLTAGE

CONNECT TO

CALIBRATION HOOKUP

ILLUSTRATION 6 1 1

The following calibration procedures are to be performed if correct calibration has been lost It is important that the tray pots be calibrated using the set up shown in Illustration 6-1 1

Remove the cassette size sensing tray from the Bucky and place on a convenient work surface

Detach the tray mechanism chamber cover

Install a 10" x 12" cassette in the tray, center accurately and lock in place

Make all connections to the tray shown in Illustration 6-1 1

While moving the sensing arm toward the cassette, insert a screwdriver with a 3/8" wide blade in the sensing arm dot See I llustration 6-1 0

CAUTION DO NOT APPLY PRESSURE TO THE END OF THE SENSING ARM ALL PRESSURE MUST BE APPLIED ATTHE HEEL OF THE ARM

6-1 1

- ----- --- --- SENTRY THREE AUTOMATIC COLLIMATOR-

r- ---- GENERAL ELECTRIC MEDICAL SYSTEMS

With +6 84 VDC applied to the tray as indicated in Illustration 6 11, measure and record the voltage between pins 1 and 5 and between 4 and 8 of the Amphenol connector If either voltage i s outside the limit given in Table 6-2, adjust the corresponding pot per Step 7 until the proper voltage is obtained (Sensing arm in contact with the cassette and cassette clamps pushed snugly against the cassette 1

Adjustment of the pots is done by loosening the allen screw which secures the gear to the top of the pot and turning the pot shaft until the proper voltage is obtained See Illustration 6-12 and 6 13 Tighten the allen screw after making the necessary adjustment

Since the output voltage vs film cassette size is a linear function, it is not necessary to calibrate the tray for every film cassette size However, verify proper calibration a t the ends of the operating range by repeating Step 6 for cassette sizes of 5" x 7" and 14" x 17" Refer to Table 6-2 for proper output voltage

After adjustment is satisfactory, replace the tray mechanism chamber cover

TABLE 6 2

CALIBRATION DATA (BASED ON + 6 84 VDC APPLIED TO POTENTIOMETERS)

FILM LENGTH OR WIDTH

5" 7" 8"

10" 12" 14" 17"

CALIBRATED OUTPUT VOLTAGE +/ 10 VDC

+o 40 +1 40 +190 +2 90 +3 90 +4 90 +6 40

POT SHAFT (SLOT IN TOP

'FOR ADJUSTM

20456UlQ

IENT)

WIDTH (LONGITUDINAL) C S S POT ADJUSTMENT

ILLUSTRATION 6 1 2

6 12

j (SLOT IN TOP % $1

\

20457 P10

LENGTH (TRANSVERSE) C S S POT ADJUSTMENT

ILLUSTRATION 6-13

SEC 8 SENSING ARM STOP BLOCK AND AUXILIARY SWITCH REALIGNMENT

The stop block and auxiliary switch require realignment if the sensing arm assembly is replaced or if correct alignment is lost Proceed as follows

1 Detach the tray mechanism chamber cover

2 While moving the sensing arm toward the cassette, insert a screwdriver with a 3/8" wide blade in the sensing arm slot See Illustration 610

CAUTION DO NOT APPLY PRESSURE TO THE END OF THE SENSING ARM ALL PRESSURE MUST BE APPLIED AT THE HEEL OF THE ARM

3 Loosen the two screws securing the stop block to the sensing arm assembly See Illustration 6 14

6 13

2045WlO

SENSING ARM STOP BLOCK REALIGNMENT

ILLUSTRATION 614

Shift the stop block so that it contacts the actuator lever when the sensing arm reaches the midpoint of the stiffener ridge on the tray (2 13/16' from the long centerline of the tray)

With hand pressure on the heel of the sensing arm, move the arm back and forth When the sensing arm reaches the midpoint of the stiffener ridge on the tray, the auxiliary switch roller should seat in the notch in the actuator cam beneath the gear on the longitudinal c s s pot If not, loosen the allen screw in the cam and rotate the cam until the switch roller seats in the notch a t the proper point See Illustration 6 15 Then retighten the allen screw

Replace the tray mechanism chamber cover

1 W I T C H W I T C H ACTUATOR CAM 1-

AUXILIARY SWITCH ACTUATOR CAM ADJUSTMENT

ILLUSTRATION 6-15 6 14

2 M W 1 0

, - - - - - - - - - ~ _ _ _ _ _ - - _ _ _ - - - - - - - T - - L - - - - - - - GENERAL ELECTRIC MEDICAL SYSTEMS SENTRY THREE AUTOMATIC COLLIMATOR ’

SM D5303C - - I , I 2

PART II REPAIR PROCEDURES

SEC 9 FIELD LAMP REPLACEMENT

9 1 Replacement Procedure

1 Remove the nameplate

2 Detach the light housing cover See Ill 6-16 I

i

DETACH LIGHT ,* HOUSING COVER

2067SP10

I LLUSTRATION 6-1 6

3 Pull the old lamp out of the socket See Ill 6-17

7265

ILLUSTRATION 617 6 15

GENERAL ELECTRIC MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIVISION SENTRY THREE AUTOMATIC CO~LIMATOR sn74 SM D5303C

NOTE THE NEW LAMP SHOULD NEVER TOUCHED DIRECTLY WITH THE FINGERS as this is detrimental to i ts useful l i fe Instead, use the plastic bag in which the lamp is packaged, tissue paper, or a soft cloth as a protective media between the fingers and the lamp If the outside of the lamp IS contaminated, clean with a soft cloth dampened with water Wipe the lamp dry before energizing

4 Insert the new lamp into the lamp socket (It only fits in one way 1 Make sure the lamp is a l l the way into the socket

9 2 Lamp Filament Alignment Check

CAUTION NEVER ENERGIZE THE LAMP WITH THE LIGHT HOUSING COVER REMOVED BECAUSE THE HIGH INTENSITY OF THE LAMP IS BLINDING

Using the thumbwheels (manual mode of operation) open the blades fully

Rotate the tube unit and collimator 90' from the over thetable position

Looking through the window on the bottom of the collimator, the lamp filament image on the mirror should appear centered in the light box window aperture

If alignment is not satisfactory, refer to I II 6 18

Rotate the collimator back to the over the-table position

Replace the light housing cover


LOOSEN SCREW AND SHIFT LIGHT SHIELD AS NECESSARY THEN RETIGHTEN SCREW

LIGHT SHIELD

ILLUSTRATION 618

616

7255

_ _ _ _ _ _ I _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ - _ c - - _ _ - - - - - - --I-- GENERAL ELECTRIC MEDICAL SYSTEMS SENTRY THREE AUTOMATIC COLLIMATOR

SM D5303C -d -- - - - ~ -____x____ _ _ _ _ ~ - mm 74

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

1

2

3

I , SEC 10 FIELD LIGHT TIMER SWITCH REPLACEMENT

Remove the nameplate, connector housing, cover, lock and light cable, servo cable and trim cover (See Section 4 of this chapter for instructions on trim cover removal ) Detach the timer switch assembly from the mounting plate See Ill 6 19 Then pull the assembly out from the side

7252

ILLUSTRATION 6-19

Unsolder and remove the leads

Attach the leads to the replacement assembly and solder

Depress the button and check the time interval Listen for the audible click in the snap action switch

Adjust if necessary, per instructions in Section 4 of this chapter

Install the replacement assembly

NOTE

Replace the nameplate trim cover, lock and light cable, servo cable, and connector housing cover

SEC 11 SWITCH AND TERMINAL BOARD ASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT

Remove the nameplate connector housing cover, lock and light cable, servo cable and trim cover (See Section 4 of this chapter for instructions on trim cover removal 1

Disconnect the plugs from the switch and terminal board assemblies.

Detach the handle frame casting from the collimator See I l l 6 20

USE CAUTION The dashpot IS glass

6-1 7

- - - --- -- I -- ---- - - c-- - - -- - --- - - -- -_- GENERAL ELECTRIC MEDICAL SYSTEMS SENTRY THREE AUTOMATIC C O L L I M A T O ~

DETACH HANDLE FRAME CASTING BY REMOVING THESE 1/4 20 x 5/8

EACH SIDE OF

HANDLE

CASTING / FRAME

GR8238

- 1 2 I-

i LLUSTRATION 820

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

1

2

3

4

Detach the defective switch and terminal board assembly by removing the cap screw and clamp plate on each side of the terminal board

Slide the replacement switch and terminal board assembly onto the switch support casting

Replace the clamp plate and cap screw on each side of the terminal board

Slide the switch and terminal board assembly up against the back of the switch support casting and tighten the cap screws securely

Reattach the handle frame Butt the top of the frame against the front of the main frame caning and set the 2 dimension between hole centers as shown in Illustration 6-20, then tighten the (4) 1/4-20 x 5/8" pan hms securely

Reconnect the switch and terminal board assemblies

Replace the nameplate, trim cover, servo cable, lock and light cable and connector housing cover

SEC 12 MERCURY SWITCH REPLACEMENT

Remove the nameplate, connector housing cover, lock and light cable, servo cable and trim cover (See Section 4 of this chapter for instructions on trim cover removal 1

Disconnect the plugs from the switch and terminal board assemblres

Detach the handle frame caning from the collimator See I l l 6-20

Disconnect the leads of the defective switch from the in-line splice and connector See Ill 6 21

6-18

r - - _- - - - __ - - - - GENERAL ELECTRIC MEDICAL SYSTEMS SENTRY THREE AUTOMATIC COLLIMATOR

, @wQ SM D5303C

- 1

Using a sharp knife, cut through the glue securing the switch to the clamp

Remove the switch Scrape any remaining glue from the clamp

Install the replacement switch For proper operation, the switch contacts must be oriented as shown in Ill 621

Verify proper operation of the switch(es1 as follows

4s10 & 4 1 3 Continuity should be observed between 4P4-1 and 4P4-3 until tube unit and collimator are rotated more than loo CW or loo CCW

4S11 & 4 1 6 No continuity should be observed between 4P4-2 and 4TB2 8 until tube unit and collimator are between 80° and 100' CCW

6 1 2 & 4 1 7 No continuity should be observed between 4P4-4 and 4TB1 3 until tube unit and collimator are between 80° and 100' CW

(All angular measurements are referenced to the normal x ray beam down position)

Fasten the replacement switch to the clamp using model airplane (vinyl) cement

10 Connect the leads of the replacement switch per the original connections

6-19


SM D5303C --- - W31?4 - - -

z 0

6-20

-- - - - ~ - - ~ - ~ - - - - - - - ~ ~ - - - -- GENERAL ELECTRIC MEDICAL SYSTEMS SENTRY THREE AUTOMATIC COLLIMATOR

SM D5303C J0.3194 - ---- LA_ _- ---- -- a

11 Reattach the handle frame Butt the top of the frame against the front of the main frame casting and set the 2" dimension between hole centers as shown in Ill 6 20, then tighten the (4) 1/4-20 x 5/8" pan hms securely

12 Reconnect the switch and terminal board assemblies

13 Replace the nameplate trim cover, servo cable, lock and light cable and connector housing cover

SEC 13 BLADE DRIVE MOTOR REPLACEMENT

To replace a defective motor, proceed as follows

1

2

3

4

5

@ 6

7

8

Remove the connector housing cover, lock and light cable, servo cable, and trim cover (See Section 4 of this chapter for instructions on trim cover removal 1

Disengage the motors See I llustration 6-22 or 6 23

NOTE It may be necessary to loosen the mounting screw of the wiring harness clamp located directly behind the longitudinal blade drive motor before the motor can be backed out

Move the blade sets by hand as required and work the defective motor down through the blade assembly

Unplug the motor leads.

Mate the plug on the replacement motor and the receptacle on the collimator harness leads

Slide the new motor into the mounting clamp

Before meshing the gears, move the blade set by hand Check for and correct any binding or irregular motion

Turn the motor so the output gear engages with the large gear from the bottom up See Illustration 622 or 6 23 Slightly jog the blade set and continue to turn the motor until the gears are tightly meshed Then turn the motor m the opposite direction until end play in the motor output shaft can just be felt (75% minimum mesh with minimum backlash)

ONCE THE MOTORS ARE PROPERLY ENGAGED, DO NOT MOVE THE BLADE SETS BY HAND1

6-2 1

- GENERAL ELECTRIC MEDICAL SYSTEMS

- - I


RO IN TO

TATE MOTOR- THIS DIRECTION ENGAGE GEARS

20687-PlO

EN THIS SOCKET HD CAP SCREW BACKTHE MOTOR OUTOFTHE

ISlTlNG OF THE MOTOR WILL AID IN REMOVAL)

ILLUSTRATION 6 2 2

LARGE GEAR

IN THIS DIRECTION

LOOSEN THIS SOCKET HD CAP SCREW THEN BACK THE MOTOR OUT OF THE CLAMP (TWISTING OF THE MTO WILL AID IN

GR8238

ILLUSTRATION 6 2 3

8 2 2


4-1 83 SM D5303C

9 Retighten the socket head screw to 0 to 10 in /Ibs

NOTE Do not overtighten the screw Overtlghtenlng could result in breakage of the mounting clamp

10 Use Loctite 271 and torque the two screws in end of gear train holding motor to gear train to 2 5 in /ounces

11 IMPORTANTI Perform the damping adjustment procedure per instructions in Section 20, Chapter 3 Failure to obtain proper damping could be a result of one or more of the following a) Inadequate gear mesh 6) Inadequate steel cable tension b) Binding of pulleys e) Binding or rubbing of other moving parts c) Binding of pointer blocks

12 Replace the trim cover, servo cable, lock and ltght cable and connector housing cover

SEC 14 POTENTIOMETER REPLACEMENT 14 1 Manual Blade Control Pot Replacement

1 Close the blades (Closing the blades should position the pointers at the right hand edge of the dial drum )

NOTE It may be necessary to disengage the motors and move the blades by hand Refer to Sec 13 of this chapter for disengagement procedure

2 Remove the nameplate, connector housing cover, lock and light cable, servo cable and trim cover (See Section 4 of th is chapter for instructions on trim cover removal )

3

4

Disconnect the plugs from the switch and terminal board assemblies

Detach the handle frame casting from the collimator See Ill 6-20

5 Detach the dial drum assembly See Ill 6 24


C" - x

DETACH MOUNTING - - t BRACKET BY REMOVING

- THESE SCREWS

DIAL DRUM ASSEMBLY r

I (

!*

wA DETACH DRUM SEMBLY BY EMOVING

20679P10

ILLUSTRATION 6 2 4

6-23


SM DS303C REV 9 A Indicates Change

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

Detach the dial assembly mounting bracket from the mounting plate See I II 6 24

Cut the straps securing the harness to the mounting bracket and then pull the bracket out far enough to permit removal of the thumbwheel

Loosen the set screw in the blade control thumbwheel and then pull the thumbwheel off the pot shaft

Remove the spring and then detach the defective pot from the mounting bracket by removing the nut and lockwasher

Unsolder the pot leads

Refer to Ill 6 21 and solder the leads to the replacement pot

Reverse the above procedure to install the pot and replace the mounting bracket

Reattach the handle frame Butt the top of the frame against the front of the main frame casting and set the 2" dimension between hole centers as shown in Illustration 6-20, then tighten the (4) 1/4-20 x 5/8" pan hms securely

Reconnect the switch and terminal board assemblies

Replace the nameplate, trim cover, servo cable, lock and light cable and connector housing cover

A 14-2 Blade Driven Pot Replacement

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

Remove the nameplate, connector housing cover, lock and light cable, servo cable and trim cover (See Section 4 of this chapter for instructions on trim cover removal)

Disconnect the plugs from the switch and terminal board assemblies.

Detach the handle frame casting from the collimator See I II 6-25

Disengage the appropriate motor (see Sec 13 of this chapter for disengagement procedure) and move the blades by hand until the 4-40 set screw in the pulley shaft can be seen in the access hole in the bottom of the pot mounting block Loosen the set screw See Ill 6-25

Detach the clamps holding the pot in place Refer to Ill 6-26

Pull the defective pot out

Unsolder the pot leads

Refer to Ill 6-21 and solder the leads to the replacement pot

Install the pot and close the blades

Reattach the handle frame Butt the top of the frame against the front of the main frame casting and set the 2" dimension between hole centers as shown in I W ' 6 25, then tighten the (4) 1/4-20 x 518" pan hms securely

CopyngM @ 1986 by General Elednc Co 6 2 4

-- -- r-- 1


MOUNT1 NC i BL( JCK

\

DETACH HANDLE FRAME CASTING REMOVING THESE 1/4 PAN HMS (TWO ON EACH SIDE OF

20 x 5/8

h THE COLLIMATOR)

ILLUSTRATION 625

8238

POTENTIOMETER '

~ _ _

$ DETACH CLAMP BY

MOVE BLADES SCREW CAN BE THIS ACCESS H

V"' SEE

'OLE

. I -I-

N IN /

REMOVING THESE

BY

ILLUSTRATION 626

6-25


REV 9 SM D5303C

11 Reconnect the witch and terminal board assemblies

12 Replace the tnm cover, servo cable, lock and light cable and connector housing cover Put key swtch in Ovemde 1 position

--

13 Adjust the pot as follows

a Using the thumbwheel, rotate downward to end of pot

b Connect a digital voltmeter to Card A6 or A8 as follows

DVM LEAD CON N ECTlON

Probe Junction point of R7 and R43 for 4618871461 Board (R8 and R41 for old 4618852661 Board)

G nd Chassis

c. Rotate the body of the pot until the voltmeter reading is less than -0 03 VDC

d

Re-engage the blade drive motor (See Sec 13 of this chapter )

Secure the pot by tightening the screws in the clamps -I__ -

14


SEC 15 MIRROR REPLACEMENT

A broken mirror can be replaced by following the procedure below The procedure outlined is for r e placement of a mirror broken after the collimator has been attached to the tube unit

15 1 Broken Mirror Removal

1 Using the thumbwheels, open the blades fully

NOTE If power i s not available, carry out Step 2 following Then disengage the motors per Sec 13 of thrs chapter and move the blades by hand

2 Remove the connector housing cover, lock and light cable, servo cable, and trim cover

3 Detach the collimator from the interface plate by removing the (5) 8 32 x 3/4" soc hms

CAUTION DO NOT LOOSEN THE (4) 10-32 HEX HD SCREWS SECURING THE INTERFACE PLATE TO THE ADAPTER PLATE OR TUBE UNIT DOING THIS COULD RESULT IN LOSS OF RADIOGRAPHIC ALIGNMENT BEFORE REMOVING THE COLLl MATOR FROM THE TUBE UNIT ON THE 48-4 SERIES HANGERS, RELIEVE THE NECESSARY TENSION ON THE COLUMN CABLES BY UNWINDING THE COUNTERPOISE SPRINGS ON THE 48 5 HANGER, LOCK THE VERTICAL COLUMN BY INSERTING THE PLUNGER IN ONE OF THE SLOTS IN THE HUB OF THE GROOVED DRUM WITH THE 65 AND 80 TUBE STANDS, BLOCK THE VERTICAL CARRIAGE AT A CONVENIENT HEIGHT

4 Place the collimator upadedown on a surtable working surface To provide clearance for the lead fingers, place 2" thick pieces of wood or similar material approximately one foot long between the collimator and the working surface

CopyngM @ 1986 by General Elednc CO 6-26

-7 - -- --I_-- __----- '-GENERAL ELECTRIC MEDICAL SYSTEMS SENTRY THREE AUTOMATIC COLLIMATOR

S M D5303C -_-__---____- _- - _- -- @-sa$ 5 Before removing the mirror assembly, proceed as follows

a

b

Place Dub1 Stik@ Tape or equivalent on one side of two 3/4" x 1 1/2 ' pieces of cardboard

Place the pieces of cardboard against the edge of the mirror mount towards the front of the collimator These pieces of cardboard will act as stops when attaching the new mirror assembly See Ill 6 27

NOTE This must be done carefully in order to provide an exact reference for attachment of the new mirror assembly in the same position as the original

\ PLACE PIECES OF CARDBOARD AGAINST

) 6-32 x 5/16 PAN HMS

16054p10

ILLUSTRATION 6-27

6 Detach the mirror assembly by removing the two studs and the f la t washers Use a 1/4" drwe socket wrench and a 5/16" socket passed between the blades from the side of the collimator Also remove the aluminum filter

7 Turn the collimator over and gently shake to remove any remaining pieces of the broken mirror Return d to the upside-down position Replace the aluminum filter

15 2 New Mirror Attachment

1

2

3

Detach the brackets from the mirror mount by removing the 6 32 x 5/16' pan hms See Ill 6 27

Carefully remove any remaining pieces of broken mirror from the mirror mount or the brackets.

Using CDX or a similar solvent, remove the tape from the legs of the mirror mount Replace with new strips of Dub1 StikOTape or equivalent Leave the rubber strips on the brackets in place a

6-27


4 With the mirror' mount on a f la t surface, place a strip of cardboard or other material (approximately 1" x 3") within the mount The material used should be approximately 3/64 thick It serves as a guide for establishing the necessary clearance between the mirror and the mounting surface See Ill 6-28

The mirror has two reflecting surfaces Touch a pencil point against the mirror On one side a small gap between the pencil point and image will be seen On the other side the two will appear to touch The latter is the correct reflecting surface When installed in the collimator, light from the lamp must strike this surface See Ill 6-28

5 Handling the mirror only by the edges, set it vertically on the strip of cardboard or other material with 31/2" dimension as shown in Ill 6-28 Approximately center the mirror in the mirror mount

I--3l,*. (SHORT SIDE .-I OF MIRROR)

CORRECT REFLECTING /

L O U T 3/64 16041 C10

ILLUSTRATION 628

6.28

r GENERAL ELECTRIC MEDICAL SYSTEMS SENTRY THREE AUTOMATIC COLLIMATOR

6 Gently tip the mirror backwards onto the legs of the mount

7 Replace the brackets and the 6-32 x 5/16" pan hms

8 Using a soft cloth moistned in a mild soap and water solution, carefully wipe any smudges or dust from the mirror surface Wipe the mirror dry using another soft, dry cloth Extra care IS necessary since the reflectwe surface IS easily scratched

Carefully place the mirror assembly in the collimator Bump the front edge of the mount against the cardboard stops

9

10 Replace the flat washers and the studs

11

12

Remove the pieces of cardboard

Reattach the collimator to the interface plate

13 Replace the trim cover, servo cable, lock and light cable, and the connector housing cover

SEC 16 FIELD SIZE POINTER ATTACHMENT BLOCK TIGHTENING

16-1 Procedure for Tightening One Loose Attachment Block

A loose field size pointer attachment block can be tightened as follows

1 Remove the nameplate

2 Using the thumbwheels, close the blades. (Closing the blades should position the pointers a t the right hand edge of the dial drum Gently slide the loose attachment block until i t s pointer is a t this position 1

Detach the dial drum assembly See I II 6 29 Carefully remove the assembly 3


4 Line the pointer of the loose attachment block up relative to the other pointer (with the blades in the closed posrtion) by sliding the block

Tighten the screw in the counterbore on the face of the attachment block Make sure the steel cable i s caught behind the washer See Ill 6 30

Replace the dial drum assembly

5

6

7 Gently bend the pointer sideways if slight adjustment is needed


6-29


SM D5303C --- __-__ __ - ----_ wm* -_ - - _- ------___-___I--

DIAL DRUM ASSEMBLY

DETACH DRUM ASSEMBLY BY REMOVING THESE SCREWS (USE RIGHT ANGLE SC R EWD R I V E R 1

ILLUSTRATION 6-29

CABLE ATTACHMENT BLOCK

2067BP10

16040 D10

'ER

ILLUSTRATION 6-30

630


SM D5303C _-_ -- _ _ __ ______ __ _ _ _ _ - _ - _ _ _ - - -_ __ __ - - - __ _ _ _ _- - -

182 Procedure for Tightening Both Attachment Blocks

I f both field size pointer attachment blocks are loose, the following procedure is applicable

1

2

3

4

5

6

8

9

10

11

12

Remove the nameplate

Using the thumbwheels, close the blades (Closing the blades should position the pointers a t the right hand edge of the dial drum Gently slide the loose attachment blocks until their pointers are a t this position )

Using a pencil, place a mark which corresponds to the right hand edge of dial drum on the bracket holding the dial assembly in place

Detach the dial drum assembly See Ill 6-29 Carefully remove the assembly


Line the pointers of the loose attachment blocks up relative to the mark (with the blades in the closed position) by sliding the blocks

Tighten the screws in the counterbore on the face of each attachment block Make sure the steel cable is caught behind the washer in each block See Ill 6-30

Replace the dial drum assembly

Using the thumbwheels, open the blades

Energize the field light

Adjust the blades to yield a measured 22" x 12" light field a t a 40" source to image distance

CAUTION

The pointers should line up with the 12" on the scale for a 40" source to image distance


BECAUSE OF THE HIGH ENERGY LAMP, THE LAMP HOUSING MAY BE HOT

SEC 17 MYLAR SHIM REPLACEMENT

The Mylar shim between the frame support casting and the brass flange a t the top of the collimator requires replacement if excessive play develops between the rotating body of the collimator and the station ary brass flange The shim can be replaced by following the procedure below

1

2

3

Using the thumbwheels, fully close the blades

Remove the nameplate, connector housing cover, lock and light cable, servo cable, and trim cover

Remove the collimator from the tube unit Do this by removing the (5) 8 32 x 3/4" hex soc hms

6-31

- - - - - - --- - - - - - -- - - - __ - - GENERAL ELECTRIC MEDICAL SYSTEMS SENTRY THREE A U T O M A T I C COLLIMATOR

SM D5303C - Y

*3l74! L

CAUTION BEFORE REMOVING THE COLLIMATOR FROM THE TUBE UNIT ON THE 48-4 SERIES HANGER, RELIEVE THE NECESSARY TENSION ON THE COLUMN CABLES BY UNWINDING THE COUNTERPOISE SPRINGS ON THE 48 5 HANGER, LOCK THE VERTICAL COLUMN BY INSERTING THE PLUNGER IN ONE OF THE SLOTS IN THE HUB OF THE GROOVED DRUM WITH THE 66 AND 80 TUBE STANDS, BLOCK THE VERTICAL CARRIAGE AT A CONVENIENT HEIGHT

Detach the connector bracket from the rear of the frame support casting by removing the two flat hms

Place the collimator upsidedown on a suitable working surface To provide clearance for the lead fingers, place 2" thick pieces of wood or similar material approximately one foot long between the collimator and the working surface

Scribe a match mark line on the two accessible surfaces on each of the rear mounting ears on the blade assembly frame casting and on each of the rear bosses on the frame support casting Using a straightedge scribe across the mounting ear and the boss so that the blade assembly can be reattached exactly in the original position See Ill 6-31

Remove the green ground wire from the frame support casting

Detach the blade assembly from the casting by removing the (4) 10 32 pan hms in the mounting ears (One screw is in the mounting ear located on the inside of the right front corner of the blade assembly frame casting) See I II 6 31

Disconnect the plugs from the switch and terminal board assemblies Detach the handle frame casting by removing the (4) 1/4-20 x 5/8' pan hms (two on each side of the collimator) See Ill 6-31

SCRIBE MARKS ACROSS THESE SURFACES

(4) l(132 PAN HMS 1606CbPlO

ILLUSTRATION 6-31

6-32

_ _ - GENERAL ELEC rRlC MEDICAL SYSTEMS SENTRY THREE AUTOMATIC COLLIMATOR

10 Lift the handle frame (with the switch assemblies attached) clear of the frame support casting and then carefully lift the blade assembly (with the mounting plate assembly attached) clear of the casting The exposed frame support casting should appear as in Ill 6 32

FRAME SUPPORT CASTING

HOLD

M Y L A R SHIM

DOWN RING

A R A S S FLANGE 'I

DISASSEMBLED VIEW "< 16061910

ILLUSTRATION 632

11 Detach the hold down ring from the frame support casting by removing the (6) 8 32 x 5/16" flat hms.

12 Remove the brass flange and then the old Mylar shim

13 Lubricate the recessed area in the frame support casting with light machine oil

14 Place the new shim in the recessed area

15 Lubricate the exposed surface of the new shim with light machine oil

16 Carefully replace the brass flange Lubricate the outer edge of the exposed surface of the flange with light machine oil

17 Replace the hold down ring Tighten the six screws completely and then loosen each approximately 1/4 turn

18 Attach the frame support casting to the tube unit with three 8 32 x 3/4" hex soc hms

19 Using a spring scale engaged in the outermost handle frame attachment hole in the casting, the rotational force should be approximately 10 Ibs between the +/ 45O detent positions (keep the scale perpendicular to the casting at al l times) Tighten each of the six screws an equal amount until this force is obtained

6-33

r - _- - - - - - - - - GENERAL ELECTRIC MEDICAL SYSTEMS SENTRY THREE AUTOMATIC COLLIMATOR

SM D5303C 2&3174 -

- -_---_ __ --- --__I__ I L

20

21

22

23

24

Remove the casting from the tube unit Place it on the working surface in the original position

Replace the blade assembly (with the mounting plate assembly attached) and the handle frame (with the switch assemblies attached) Align the scribed match marks on the mounting ears and bosses and tighten the (4) 10 32 pan hms securely Butt the top of the frame against the front of the main frame casting and set the 2" dimension between hole centers as shown in I II 6 31, then tighten the (4) 1/4-20 x 5/8" pan hms securely

NOTE Be careful when replacing the blade assembly Bumping the fingers could bend them out of alignment

Replace the green ground wire and the connector bracket Reconnect the switch and terminal board assemblies

Attach the collimator to the tube unit

Replace the nameplate, trim cover servo cable, lock and light cable, and the connector housing cover

SEC 18 CASSElTE SIZE SENSING POTENTIOMETER REPLACEMENT

18 1

The longitudinal c s s pot is mechanically coupled to the sensing arm mechanism of the tray To replace

Longitudinal C S S Pot Replacement

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

the pot,-refer to Illustration 6 33 and proceed as follows


With the sensing arm a t i t s rest position along the side of the tray, draw a reference mark across the gear segment on the sensing arm and the gear on the pot shaft

Detach the auxiliary switch assembly by removing the two screws. Do not unsolder the switch leads

Loosen the allen screw in the gear on the pot shaft and remove the gear

Detach the pot assembly by removing the two screws holding the mounting bracket in place

Loosen the allen screw in the switch actuator cam and remove the cam

Mark the leads of the pot and unsolder

Remove the pot from the mounting bracket

Attach the replacement pot to the bracket and connect the leads

Slip the switch actuator cam onto the pot shaft Leave the allen screw loose

Reattach the pot assembly to the tray

Using the reference marks of Step 2 as a guide, slip the gear onto the pot shaft Leave the allen screw loose

6-34

- - -- - -- - GENERAL ELECTRIC MEDICAL SYSTEMS SENTRY THREE AUTOMATIC COLLIMATOR

SM D5303C - - - - - - --- - -_ - I- @ 343t.74 _ _ -----____ -_--_I_ I - __ - - -

AI J X I LI ARY SWITCH

POT MOUNTING. BRACKET

SENSING

20459-P

ARM

10

MECHANISM

POT SHAFT GEAR SWITCH ACTUATOR CAM

ILLUSTRATION 633

13 Reattach the auxiliary switch

14 Refer to Sections 7 and 8 of this chapter Perform the calibration procedure for the width (longitudinal) c s s pot and adjust the switch actuator cam

15 Replace the tray mechanism chamber cover

18 2

The transverse c s s potentiometer is coupled to the automatic centering and clamping device by a steel cable and associated pulleys and gears To replace the pot, refer to Illustration 6-34 and proceed as follows

Transverse C S S Potentiometer Replacement

I e a


Slide the cassette clamps to the maximum open position and lock the clamping mechanism&

Draw a reference mark across the pulley assembly gear and the large gear on the pot shaft

Detach the support bracket by removing the two screws

Loosen the allen screw in the large gear on the pot shaft and remove the gear

Detach the pot assembly by removing the two screws holding the mounting bracket in place

Mark the leads of the pot and unsolder

Remove the pot from the mounting bracket

6 35


SM D5303C 74 ______-__ _____- __ _- -- -- -I-- - - -- --- -L ___-___ --

9 Attach the replacement pot to the bracket and connect the leads

10 Reattach the pot assembly to the tray

11 Using the reference marks of Step 3 as a guide, slip the gear onto the pot shaft Leave the allen screw loose

ILLUSTRATION 634

12 Replace the support bracket

13 Refer to Section 7 of this chapter and perform the calibration procedure for the length (transverse) c s s pot


SEC 19 SENSING ARM REPLACEMENT

The angutar shape of the sensing arm is important in obtaining accurate longitudinal film size measurements Should the arm become bent, it should be replaced, attempts should not be made to straighten it To re place the sensing arm refer to Illustration 6 35 and proceed as follows


2 With the sensing arm a t i t s rest position along the side of the tray, draw a reference mark across the gear segment on the sensing arm and the gear on the pot shaft

3 Remove the retaining ring

6-36

-- GENERAL ELECTRIC MEDICAL SYSTEMS SENTRY THREE AUTOMATIC COLLIMATOR

20459-PlO

ILLUSTRATION 6-35

4 While lifting the sensing arm from i ts pivot shaft detach the two springs located beneath the sensing arm gear segment

5 Transfer the reference mark on the gear segment of the damaged sensing arm to the replacement arm

6 Remove the stop block from the damaged sensing arm and attach it to the replacement arm

7 Slide the replacement sensing arm over the pivot shaft being sure to align the reference marks Replace the retaining ring and the two springs

8 Refer to Sections 7 and 8 of this chapter Perform the calibration procedure for the width (longitudinal) c s s pot and adjust the stop block and switch actuator cam


SEC 20 STEEL DRIVE CABLE REPLACEMENT C S S TRAY

There are two steel cables employed to control the position of the length (transverse) c s s pot One cable IS connected between the rear cassette clamp and the second pulley The second cable IS connected between the pot gear and the rewind spring When replacing the rewind cable, it is not necessary to recalibrate the tray The drive cable is replaced as an assembly consisting of the cable and pulley To replace the cable assembly, proceed as follows

1

2


Slide the cassette clamps to the maximum open position and lock the clamping mechanism

6 37


SM D5303C 0 - ___ ~ _ _ _ _ _ - ___- ~ - - ~ - -_-_--- - -__-__ - 1 5 3 7 4 L - _--

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

Remove the support bracket for the transverse c s s pot

Loosen the allen screw in the large gear on the pot shaft and remove the gear

Remove the retaining ring from the second pulley and slide the pulley from the shaft

Remove the retaining ring securing the cable to the rear cassette clamp Thread the cable around the first pulley until the cable and pulley assembly is free and clear of the tray

Slide the replacement pulley and cable assembly onto the shaft Replace the retaining ring

Thread the cable around the first pulley Attach the cable end to the rear cassette clamp and secure with the retaining ring Rotate the second pulley to remove any slack in the cable

Replace the pot shaft gear in the configuration of Illustration 6 36 Leave the allen screw loose

Replace the support bracket

Refer to Section 7 of this chapter and perform the calibration procedure for the length (transverse) css pot

Replace the tray mechanism chamber cover

20449 D10

CABLE LAYOUT

ILLUSTRATION 6-36

6-38

GENERAL ELECTRIC MEDICAIL SYSTEMS -SEN?R% THREE AUTOMATIC EOLLIMATOR

SM D5303C - -- - _ _ _ -- - - - - - - _ - -

SEC 21 TRAY PLUG REPLACEMENT

If the tray plug requires replacement due to wear the receptacle on the Bucky should also be inspected for excessive wear and replaced if necessary When replacing either the plug or receptacle, care must be taken to assure proper alignment after replacement To replace the tray plug proceed as follows


2 Remove the protective sleeving from the leads to the plug

NOTE The protective sleeving used IS heat shrinkable tubing A suitable replacement should be used when attaching the leads to the new plug

3 Mark the leads and unsolder from the plug

NOTE Do not cut the leads from the plug The lead length IS critical to the operation of the "floating" plug feature Remove the leads using a soldering iron

4 After the leads have been properly marked and removed detach the plug and bracket assembly from the tray by removing the two nuts

5 Install the new plug and bracket assembly and connect all leads Be sure that protective sleeving covers the exposed area of the terminals Leave the two nuts which secure the bracket assembly in place loose

If the cassette tray is of the latest type having the "floating" plug, the two centering springs supplied with the tray must be properly installed before performing the following step See Illustration 6 37 These centering springs properly position the plug on the tray to assure alignment with the receptacle on the Bucky The springs must be removed when the plug and receptacle are properly aligned and before normal operation is begun

Slowly insert the tray into the Bucky until the plug has fully engaged the receptacle With the tray fully inserted, tighten the two nuts which secure the plug and bracket assembly

6

7 Remove the tray and replace the mechanism chamber cover Remove the centering springs

639

I 9 9 1 1 4 1 0

INSTALLATION OF TRAY PLUG CENTERING SPRINGS

ILLUSTRATION 6-37

SEC 22 BUCKY RECEPTACLE REPLACEMENT

Whenever a tray plug is replaced due to excessive wear, the receptacle should also be checked for excessive wear and replaced if necessary The procedures given assume that the rear of the Bucky i s readily accessible The receptacle and guide pin assembly consists of the receptacle mounting bracket and guide pins In order to provide the necessary plug receptacle alignment, the location of the receptacle assembly is critical To replace the receptacle, proceed as follows

Remove the screws which secure the receptacle assembly to the bracket on the rear of the Bucky

Position the receptacle so the 8 leads are accessible Remove the protective sleeving from the leads

NOTE

Mark the

NOTE

The protective sleeving used is heat shrinkable tubing A suitable replacement should be used when attaching the leads to the new receptacle

leads and unsolder from the receptacle

Do not Cut the leads from the receptacle The lead length is critical to the operation of the "floating" receptacle feature Remove the leads using a soldering iron

Connect the marked leads to the new receptacle being sure that protective sleeving covers the exposed area of the terminals

Attach the new receptacle assembly to the bracket on the Bucky Leave mounting hardware loose

6-40

- --- ---mmw c - - - -.- ?-,- I - - - - ---- - GENERAL ELECTRIC MEDICAL SYSTEMS SENTRY THREE AUTOMATIC C O L L I M A T O ~

i - SM D5303C - - - - a

If the cassette tray being used is of the latest type having a "floating" plug, the two centering springs supplied with the tray must be installed on the plug assembly before performing the following align ment procedure See Ill 6 37

Remove the cassette tray mechanism chamber cover Normally the tray bottoms with the stop pad to the immediate left of the tray plug hitting the Bucky stiffener plate With the Bucky receptacle mounting screws slightly loosened, slowly insert the tray into the Bucky

With the tray fully inserted, measure the gap between mating parts of the connector the plug and receptacle should be separated by approximately 1/32" If separation is less than 1/32", add a washer under the head of the cover retaining screw to the right of the tray plug when replacing the cover If separation is greater than 1/32", remove the receptacle assembly from the mounting bracket and install No 8 washers between the brass spacers and the receptacle assembly

After the specified connector qap has been established and with the tray still fully inserted, shift the receptacle position until the guide pins on the receptacle engage easily with the sockets on the tray plug (guide pin - socket arrangement helps to assure proper alignment of connector mating parts during the engaging ssquence) When alignment is satisfactory, firmly tighten the receptacle mounting screws

Remove the tray and replace the mechanism chamber cover Remove the centering springs

6 4 1

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS SENTRY THREE AUTOMATIC COLLIMATOR REV 17 DIRECTION 46-001 414 (SM D5303C)

CHAPTER 7 - SCHEMATICS

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SECTION TITLE

1 COMPONENT LOCATION

Electronics Package

Collimator

Cassette Size Sensing Tray

2 SCHEMATICS

Connector PidFunction Charts

Wall Box Harnesses Rad XT Wall Box Harness 80 Tube Stand Wall Box Harness

Interface Schematics No 73Table No 77Table Spectrum Table Vertical Bucky Stand 14"x17" Chest Unit Monitrol 15 Table Monitrol90 Table

Collimator Schematics Collimator Internal Connections Power Supply Circuits Digital Signal Interface-Card A4 (Sh 1) Collimator I/F and Chest Unit I/F Digital Signal Interface-Card A4 (Sh 2), Table VF and SID Switching I/F (Without Right Angle Adapter Kit) Digital Signal Interface-Card A4 (Sh 3), Table I/F and SID Switching I/F (With Right Angle Adapter Kit DSWGB) Combinational Logic-Card A5 SID Compensation-Card A9 Ref Voltage and Quantamat-Card A1 1 (Shl) Ref Voltage and Quantamat-Card A1 1 (Sh2) Auto Limit-Card A10 Servo Drive-Cards A6, A8 (Sh 1) Servo Drive-Cards A6, A8 (Sh 2) Relay Interface-Card A2

PAGE

7-1 and 7-2

7-3 and 7-4

7-5

7-6 thru 7-12

7-13 and 7-14 7-15and 7-16

7-17 7-19 7-20 7-21 7-22 7-23 7-75

7-27 7-29

7-31

7-33

7-34A 7-35 7-37 7-39 7-41 7-43 7-45 7-47 7-49


7-274 SM 053036

SEC 1 COMPONENT LOCATION

Each electrical component in the Sentry Three Automatic Collimator System is preceded by a number des- cribing i t s location Electronics package component locations are shown on Illustrations 7-1, 7-2 and 7 3 Illustrations 7-4 and 7-5 show collimator component locations while Illustration 7-6 gives component loca tions within the cassette size sensing tray

SEC 2 SCHEMATICS

Each printed circuit card is covered by i ts own schematic It should be noted that odd-numbered circuit card terminations are on the top of the board whereas even-numbered card terminations are on the bottom of the board Interconnections between the collimator electronics package and equipment which could have the cassette size sensing feature are given on the interface diagrams.

Refer to the schematic for the particular tube hanger or tube stand involved for complete lock and auxiliary switch connections

/ 1s1 ON OFF SWITCH

1 A7 EXTEN DE R CARD

1515

1516

20681 P10

ILLUSTRATION 7-1

7- 1


7-274 S M D5303C

1T1 \

10

BUS BAR 1W14 20680.P 1 0

ON72

BUS / BAR 1W13

ILLUSTRAT

101 & 1Q2 2N3056 POWER TRANSl6TORS

\ -

\

FUSES

\ 1C5

i l l 20686.P10

ILLUSTRATION 7 3

7 2


REV 11 SM D5303C

COLLIMATOR AS VIEWED FROM FRONT

4S10 4S11

MERCURY MERCURY +loo 9oo

A n c l

4S13

MERCURY SWITCH

1 oo

4S8

4S12 +90° MERCURY SWITCH

4R2

4S16

MERCURY SWITCH

1 ooo

4R3

4P3

4P8

4DS3 EXPOS\ HOLD INDICA \ \20679P10 LAMP

4S15 4DS2 / I I -I I-- \ /\ \

*4S1 *4S2 *453 4 ~ 4 *4S7 *4S5 *4S6 4S17 +1 ooo KEY NON AUTO MERCURY SWITCH INDICATOR SWITCH LAMP

*451,452,453,455,456 and 457 are not present on Model 46-19476561 collimator for Hydrad~ust

ILLUSTRATION 7-4

JRE

,TOR

73


7-274 SM D5303C

COLLIMATOR AS VIEWED FROM REAR

4P6

4S14 & 4P7 MAMMOGRAPHY CO L L I MAT0 R ONLY 4P1

4P2

482 TRANSVERSE BLADE DRIVE MOT0 R

20687 P10

4TB 1 4TB2

481 LONGlTUDl NAL BLADE DRIVE MOTOR

4P5

ILLUSTRATION 7-5

7-4

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS

REV 16



I ** ,P i CASSET~E'SIZE SENSING TRAY, TYPICAL

(D5303BC SHOWN)

, / I R1 P1 s1 2001 3 P

CASSElTE LONGITUDINAL TRANSVERSE PLUG END CASSElTE SIZE (RECEPTACLE END IN CASSETTE SIZE SENSING ATTACHED TO PLACE SENSING POTENTIOMETER BUCKY) SWITCH POTENTIOMETER

ILLUSTRATION 7 6

7 5


7-274

1 P2

SM D5303C

CONNECTOR PIN/FUNCTION CHARTS

1P2 TO X RAY TABLE

FUNCTION

INTERCONNECTING SCHEMATIC CABLE LOCAT ION LEAD COLOR

A

B

C

D

E

F

H

J

K

L

M

N

P

R

+6 84VDC/TRANS & LONG CSS POTS CARD A1 1

+15VDC/TABLE ANGULATION INTERLOCKS CARD A4

TRANS CASSETTE SIZE SIGNAL

5,A

2 c

6 B CARD A1 1

DIFFERENTIAL COMMON CARD A1 1 6 C

TABLE HORIZONTAL AND CASSETTE IN PLACE SIGNAL 14,B

CARD A4

TABLE VERTICAL AND CASSElTE IN PLACE SIGNAL 14 C

LONG CASSETTE SIZE SIGNAL CARD A1 1 6 C

SHIELD POWER SUPPLY CKTS 1 .D

NOT USED - CURRENT CARRYING COMMON

+15VDC/CATH TABLE TOP INTERLOCK

CARD A4

CARD A1 1 5 8

CARD A2

5 F

6 F

CARD A4

CATH TABLE TOP DOWN SIGNAL CARD A2

TABLE TRENDELENBURG AND CASSElTE IN PLACE SIGNAL 14 D

NOT USED -

BRN

RED

OR N

YEL

B LU

PUR

GRN

PINK

WHT

BLK

WHT/BLK

WHT/BRN

GRA

-

7-6


REV 13 SM D5303C

1P3 TO CHEST UNIT

VERTICAL FIXED 14" X 17" BUCKY STAND CHEST UNIT

SCH EMATlC INTERCONNECTING INTERCONNECTING 1p3 FUNCTION LOCATION CABLE LEAD COLOR CABLE LEAD COLOR

H

L

M

N

P

R

CURRENT CARRYING COMMON CARD A1 1 5,E

6,F

6,E

LONG CASSETTE SIZE SIGNAL CARD A1 1

TRANS CASSElTE SIZE SIGNAL CARD A1 1

+6 84VDCTTRANS & LONG CSS POTS 5 D

CARD A1 1

+15VDC/BUCKY POSITION CARD A4 INTER LOCKS 7 8

BUCKY VERTICAL AND CAS CARD A4 SETTE IN PLACE SIGNAL OR 8 8 FILM IN PLACE SIGNAL

BUCKY HORIZONTAL AND CARD A4 CASSETTE IN PLACE SIGNAL 8 F

SHIELD POWER SUPPLY CKTS 1 ,D

NOT USED - DIFFERENTIAL COMMON CARD A1 1

6, F

BUCKY AT HEIGHT NO 2 CARD A4 (LOW) AND CASSETTE IN 8 E PLACE SIGNAL

NOT USED -

BUCKY AT HEIGHT NO 1 CARD A4

PLACE SIGNAL

BUCKY ROTATION AND CARD A4 CASSElTE IN PLACE SIGNAL 8,C

(HIGH) AND CASSETTE IN 8, D

B LK

RED

ORN

YEL

B LU

PUR

GRN

PINK

- BRN

WHT/BR N

G RY

WHT/BLK

WHT

GRN

BLK

7-7


REV 8 SM D5303C-S

1P4 TO ORDOGRAPH I I

INTERCONNECTING SCH EMATl C CABLE LEAD

1 P4- FUNCTION LOCATION COLOR

A NOT USED - - B +15VDC/TOMO INTERLOCKS CARD A4

2 A ORN

NOT USED - - C

D HORIZ TOM0 ON SIG CARD A4 3,A

RED

- E NOT USED

F FOR FUTURE USE (INTERNALLY CONNECTED TO 1P6 F)

YEL

- - H NOT USED

J NOT USED - -

K NOT USED - L ORDO INTERLOCK - XT LONG LOCK RELEASE

(INTERNALLY CONNECTED TO 1 P6-L)

(INTERNALLY CONNECTED TO 1 P6-M)

(INTERNALLY CONNECTED TO 1 P6-N)

M ORDO INTERLOCK - XT LONG LOCK RELEASE

N

P NOT USED - R

ORDO INTERLOCK - XT ANGULATION LOCK RELEASE

ORDO INTERLOCK - XT ANGULATION LOCK RELEASE (INTERNALLY CONNECTED TO 1 P6-R)

- BRN

BLK

BLU

GRN

1P5 TO HEIGHT SENSING POTENTIOMETER

1 P 5 FUNCTION

INTERCONNECTING SCH EMATlC CABLE LEAD LOCATION COLOR

A

B

C

D

NOT USED

NOT USED

CURRENT CARRYING COMMON

DIFFERENTIAL COMMON

NOT USED

NOT USED

NOT USED

NOT USED

SHIELD

CARD A1 1 3 E

CARD A9 2 8

POWER SUPPLY CKTS 1 ,D

- WHT

BLK

YEL (BARE WIRE)

Copyright @ 1985 by General Electnc CO 7-8


REV 0 SM D5303C-S

1P5 TO HEIGHT SENSING POTENTIOMETER (Continued)

1 P 5 FUNCTION

INTERCONNECTING SCHEMATIC CABLE LEAD LOCATION COLOR

L FOCAL SPOTTO FLOOR DISTANCE SIGNAL (0 lV/IN)

M +lOVDC SUPPLY SIGNAL

N NOT USED

P NOT USED

R NOT USED

CARD A9 2 8

CARD A I 1 3.D

RED

G RN

1P6 TO TUBE HANGER/STAND (POWER CABLE)

TUBE STAND TUBE HANGER (WALL BOX) INTERCONNECTING INTERCONNECTING

SCHEMATIC CABLE LEAD HARNESS LEAD 1 P6- FUNCTION LOCATION COLOR COLOR

A

a B

C

D

E

F

H

J

K

L

M

N

INPUT 115VAC HIGH SIDE POWER SUPPLY C KTS

1 B

+1 5VDC/STER EO INTER CARD A4 LOCK 7.A

INPUT 115AC, LOW SIDE POWER SUPPLY CKTS

1 c

STEREO SHIFT SIGNAL CARD A4 8 A

GROUND POWER SUPPLY CKTS

1 .C FOR FUTURE USE (IN - TERNALLY CONNECTED TO 1P4-Fl

FIELD LIGHT, HIGH SIDE POWER SUPPLY CKTS 3 8

FOR AUTO COLLIMATOR CARD A2 LONG DETENT 7 E

FIELD LIGHT LOW SIDE POWER SUPPLY CKTS

3,A

ORDO INTERLOCK - XT LONG LOCK RELEASE (INTERNALLY CONNECTED TO 1 P4-L)

LOCK RELEASE (INTERNALLY CONNECTED TO 1 P4-M) ORDO INTERLOCK-XT - ANGULATION LOCK RELEASE

TO lP4 N)

-

ORDO INTERLOCK - XT LONG -

(INTERNALLY CONNECTED 7 9

ORN

YEL

GRN

GRA

BLK

-

RED

-

BRN

B LU

PUR

WHT

WHT

-

PUR

-

GRN

RED

ORN

BRN

- CopyngM @ 1985 by General Electnc Co


REV 8 SM D5303C-S

1P6 TO TUBE HANGEWSTAND (POWER CABLE) (Continued)

TUBE HANGER (WALL BOX) INTERCONNECTING INTERCONNECTING

TUBE STAND

SCHEMATIC CABLE LEAD HARNESS LEAD 1 PS FUNCTION LOCATION COLOR COLOR

P FOR AUTO COLLIMATOR CARD A2 WHT/BRN

R ORDO INTERLOCK - XT - WHT/BLK

LONG DETENT 6 E

ANGULATION LOCK RELEASE (INTERNALLY CONNECTED TO 1P4-R)

1P7 TO COLLIMATOR (SERVO CABLE)

INTERCONNECTING SCHEMATIC CABLE

1P7 F U NCT I 0 N LOCAT I ON LEAD COLOR

A DIFFERENTIAL COMMON-LONG MANUAL CONTROL POT

B +15VDC/COLLIMATOR INTERLOCKS

C LONG MANUAL CONTROL SIGNAL

D - 80' TO - 100' POSITION SIGNAL

E TRANS MANUAL CONTROL SIGNAL

F NON AUTO INDICATOR LAMP SIGNAL

H TRANS FIELD SIZE FEEDBACK SIGNAL

J +/ 10' POSITION SIGNAL

K DC VOLTS FROM SID CAL

L REDUCTION ON/OFF SIGNAL

M CURRENT CARRYING COMMON

N DIFFERENTIAL COMMON-TRANS MANUAL CONTROL POT

P LONG FIELD SIZE FEEDBACK SIGNAL

R DIFFERENTIAL COMMON-LONG BLADE DRIVEN POT

S NOT USED


CARD A10 6 G

CARD A4 CARD A2 1 B 8 A

CARD A10 6 G

CARD A4 3,D

6 F

CARD A2

CARD A10

10 B

CARD A9 10,F

CARD A4 3 8

CARD A9 10 E

CARD A4 3 E

CARD A9 11 F

CARD A10 6 F

CARD A9 9, F

9 S CARD A9

BRN

WHT/RED

RED

WHT/ORN

G RN

WHT/YEL

ORN

WHT/GRN

YEL

WHT/BLK/PU R

BLK

PUR

B LU

GRA

WHT/BLK/RED


7-274 SM D5303C

1P7 TO COLLIMATOR (SERVO CABLE) (Continued) 0

1P7 FUNCTION

INTERCONNECTING SCH EMATl C CABLE LOCATION LEAD COLOR

T t8Oo TO +looo POSITION SIGNAL CARD A4 WHT

U SHIELD POWER SUPPLY CKTS PINK

3 c

1 ,D

V DIFFERENTIAL COMMON-TRANS BLADE DRIVEN POT

CARD A9 l l ,F

WHT/BLK

WHT/B LK/O RN - W NOT USED

X WHT/BLU CARD A6, A8 TRANS BLADE DRIVE MOTOR - 20 E

Y KEY SWITCH IN OVERRIDE II POSITION SIGNAL

TRANS BLADE DRIVE MOTOR + z

a EXPOSURE HOLD LAMPSIGNAL

b LONG BLADE DRIVE MOTOR +

C KEY SWITCH IN OVERRIDE I OR II POSITION SIGNAL

d LONG BLADE DRIVE MOTOR-

CARD A2 11,B

WHT/BLK/YEL

CARDA6 A8 WHT/PU R 20,c

CARD A2 9,A

W HT/B LK/G RN

CARD A6, A8 WHT/B L K/B R N 21 E

CARD A4, CARD A2 WHT/BLK/BLU 3F 11 B

CARDA6 A8 WHT/G RA 21 D

1P8 TO X RAY CONTROL

INTERCONNECTING SCHEMATIC CABLE

1 P& FUNCTION LOCATION LEAD COLOR

A EXPOSURE INHIBIT INTERLOCK LOAD CARD A2 BLK SIDE 8,E

B

C

D E

F

H

J

K

L

M

NOT USED

EXPOSURE INHIBIT INTERLOCK ENER GIZED SIDE

NOT USED ,#

,,

.#

,,

CARD A2 8,D

,,

LARGE FILM AREA TO QUANTAMAT

7 11

CARD A2 3,G

- BRN

- RED

- ORN

- YEL


SM D5303C 7-274

1 Pa-

1P8 TO X RAY CONTROL (Continued) INTERCONNECTING

SCH EMATlC CABLE FUNCTION LOCATION LEAD COLOR

- - N NOT USED

P MEDIUM FILM AREA TO QUANTAMAT CARD A2 2,G

R +24VDC FROM QUANTAMAT CARD A2 2,G

GRN

B LU

1 P 9

1P9 TO SID INTERLOCK SWITCHES INTER CONN ECT I NG

SCHEMATIC CABLE FUNCTION LOCATION LEAD COLOR

A

B

C

D

E

F

H

J

K

L

M

N

P

R

SWITCH A SID INTERLOCK SIGNAL

SWITCH B SID INTERLOCK SIGNAL

SWITCH C SID INTERLOCK SIGNAL

SWITCH D SID INTERLOCK SIGNAL

SWITCH E SID INTERLOCK SIGNAL

15VDC/FOR FUTURE USE

NOT USED

SHIELD

NOT USED

CHASSIS COMMON/FOR FUTURE USE

+15VDC/SID INTER LOCK SWITCHES

FOR FUTURE USE WITH RT TABLE

FOR FUTURE USE WITH RT TABLE

RT TABLE EXPOSURE INHIBIT SIGNAL

CARD A4 19 B

19 c

19 D

19 E

19 F

5,D

CARD A4

CARD A4

CARD A4

CARD A4

POWER SUPPLY CKTS

POWER SUPPLY CKTS 1 D

POWER SUPPLY CKTS 3 c

CARD A4 19 B

11 E CARD A2

CARD A2 11 E

CARD A2 6 G

BRN

RED

ORN

YEL

B LU

-

-

PUR

-

-

BLK

-

-

-

7-1 2

GENERAL ELECTRIC MEDICAL SYSTEMS SENTRY THREE AUTOMATlC COLLIMATOR

REV 9 SM D5303C

I I I I I I I

RAD XT WALL BOX HARNESS (Sheet 1 of 2)

7 13 Copyrighe 1985 1986 by General Electric Co


REV 9 SM D5303C

I SIGNAL NAME I

RAD XT WALL BOX HARNESS (Sheet 2 of 2)

Copyrighto 1985 1986 by General E ectrlc Co 7 14


REV 8

+ 24 VDCQ MAT

80 TUBE STAND WALL BOX HARNESS (Sheet 1 of 2)

SM D5303C-S

Copyrighto 1985 by General Electric Co 7 15

GENERAL ELECIRIC MEDICAL SYSTEMS SENTRY THREE AUTOMATIC COLLIMATOR

REV 8 SM D5303C-S

P6 P8 11 12

I -- 1 15 VAC INPUT

-- 0 VDC- SIGNAL RETURN

HEIGHT SIGNAL (+ VDC)

MAMMO FILTER INTL K XT (NOT USED)

80 TUBE STAND WALL BOX HARNESS (Sheet 2 of 2)

0

Copyrighto 1985 by General Electric Co 7 16

~ ~


~~~

SENTRY THREE AUTOMATIC COLLiMATOR ~ ~ ~~

7-274 SM D5303C

DRAWING I 1 1 20649D10 TITLE NO 73 HORIZONTAL TABLE INTERFACE 1 I I 1

c 5 1 2 3 4

MODEL NO. 4 6 - 1 7 7 0 9 ~ ~ 1 46-117099C1 46-1771OOGl COLLIMATOR SERIAL NO EFFECTIVE IN IT IAL

ELECTRONICS

INCREASING CASSETTE

12Pl 5

1K TRANSVERSE

SENSING POT

12R2 1K

LONGITUDINAL CASSElTE SIZE SENSING POT

I 12P1 1

//

l 2 P l 8

3 ;+>+ INCREASING CASSETTE SIZE

12 BUCKY

CLOSE D W H EN CASSElTE IS PLACED IN

12P14

12P1 3

PACKAGE

12TS21 ELK 1TS21 BLK Y - 1P2 L Y=- JUMPERS

1TS2 2 y E L - " > 162D YEL 12TS2 4

12TS28 GRN 1TS28 GRN #. - 1P2 H

DESCRIPTION OF TABLE GROUPS

- NO LOCATION TERMINALS

1 FOOT END 1 TS2

- 1P2 J 12TS2 12P1 GRA (SHIELD, - PINK DO NOT CONNEC I

lTS2 4

TRAY AND TRAY INSERTED INTO CASSETTE

TRAY SWITCH

> l l T S 7 7 BLU ITS2 9 1TS27 B L u

lZs1

7 1 7 - - - - 1P2 E

JUMP€<-

I ---

1 2 3 0 5

7-1 7

GENERAL ELECTRIC MEDICAL SYSTEMS SENTRY THREE AUTOMATIC COLLIMATOR 7-274 SM D5303C

OPEN WHEN TABLE I S DOWN

6S3 TABLE TOP DOWN LIMIT SWITCH

lOR l 1K

TRANSVERSE CASSETTE SIZE SENSING POT

- A

WHTlBRN

gf

L -vVHTIB~k

10R2 1K

LONGITUDINAL CASSETTE SIZE SENSING POT

DRAWING TITLE NO 77 CATH TABLE INTERFACE 20650 D10

I I I I 3 4 5 1 2

COLLIMATOR ELECTRONICS

MODEL NO. 4 6 - 1 ~ 0 9 e ~ i

SERIAL NO EFFECTIVE IN IT IA L - 46-17710061 46-11709861

10P3 2 lOPl 2 PACKAGE

I NCR EASl NG I

1P2 c 10P2 1

CASSETTE SIZE

I

10P3 1 lOPl 1 > ELK ELK ) 1p2L //- I

J U M P E R S - = L l 10P3 4 l O P l 4 1 1

E CLOSED WHEN

I GRN 2TS28 GRN I : 1P2 H I

I 10P3 8

2

I NC R EAS I NG 3 CASSETTE SIZE

lOPl 3

1P2 A 10P3 3

R E 3 2TS2-6 RED 10P3 6 10P2 2 - 1P2 B

CASSETTE I S PLACED IN TRAY AND TRAY INSERTED INTO BUCKY

CASSETTE

SWITCH 2TS27 B L u 10P3 7 10P2 3 BLU - 1P2 E

DESCRIPTION OF TABLE GROUPS

- NO LOC A T I 0 N TERMINALS

2 TABLE DlSTRlBU 2TS2

6 TABLE ELEVATING 6TS1

10 BUCKY 1 OP'

TION BOX

DRIVE

1 OP7 1 OP3

J

I I I I 2 3 4 5 1

7 19

GENERAL ELECTRIC MEDICAL SYSTEMS SENTRY THREE AUTOMATIC COLLIMATOR REV 8 SM D5303C-S

DRAWING

TITLE SPECTRUM CATH TABLE INTERFACE 20651 D l l 1

I 9 I - I I

F

152 WHTIBRN 1P2 N - WHTIBRN 5 -

-- -- - WHTIBLK

I;- 148 1P2M

- WHTlBLK 1% G

ADDED RELAY REFER TO SPECTRUM K I T SERVICE MANUAL SM BlO15AB

I I 3 4 5 I I 1 2

L 3 c

MODEL NO. 46-11109e~i 46-17709961

SERIAL NO EFFECTIVE INITIAL 46-17110061 A

J

COLLIMATOR ELECTRONICI

PACKAGE

B

ORN - 1 P2-c 43 ORN

5

INCREASING

5 TRANSVERSE CASSETTE SIZE SENSING POT

+--+ JUMPERS

lOR2 1K


GRN - - 1P2 H I -46 GRN -

INCREASING 8 l 8

I CASSETTE SIZE

- - - > 1P2A 41 BRN d> 3 3

SHIELD GRA - ‘INK) l P 2 J 4 -

44 BLU BLU

7 - - 1P2 E CLOSED WHEN

CASSETTE IS PLACED I N TRAY AND TRAY INSERTED

- - RED > 1P2B -45 RED

SWITCH

7 6

CLOSED WHEN TABLE TOP NOT FULLY DOWN andlnr - . . _. -. BUCKY NOT CENTERED

GENERAL ELECTRIC MEDICAL SYSTEMS SENTRY THREE AUTOMATIC COLLIMATOR REV 0 SM D5303C-S

I I I I l 20652-0 10 VERTICAL BUCKY STAND INTERFACE DRAWING

TITLE

2 3 4 5 1 MODEL NO. 46-17 9861

SERIAL NO EFFECTIVE INITIAL 46-17710061 46-17 u 9 e ~ ~

a COLLIMATOR ELECTRONICS PACKAGE

INCREASING CASSETTE

TRANSVERSE CASSElTE SIZE SENSING POT

B


C

P 1 3

PINK (SHlELDl 'S_' PINK DO NOT CONNECT ., 1P3 J

\\ P1 6 TS26 e L u TS1 3 B L ~ D

a CLOSED WHEN - - 1P3 E CASSETTE IS CASSFTTE PLACED IN TRAY TRAY AND TRAY >WITCH

BUCKY s INSERTED NTO

1

THIS CONTACT SET IS PROVIDED FOR USE WITH THE MAXITOME Ill TABLE MAXITOME Ill TABLE IS INVOLVED REMOVE THE TAPE FROM THE SWITCH LEAD MARKED X AND CONNECT TO TS1 1

IF THE

BUCKY HORIZONTAL INTERLOCK - CLOSED W H E N - S ~ BUCKY IS W1 FHiN 10°OF HORIZONTAL

1 I TS1 10

T lON INTER A BUCKY ROTA

LOCK OPEN WHEN BUCKY

WUPPER)

A T SELECTED

BUCKY HEIGHT INTERLOCKS OPEN WHEN HORIZONTAL BUCKY IS POSITIONED

ABOVE FLOOR

1P3-N (NOT USED)

1 P3-R

1P3 H

2 3 4 5

1P3-P

1P3 M

7-21 CopyngM @ 1985 by General Electnc Co


REV 8 SM D5303C-S

20642-D30 DRAWING

NO DRAWING

TITLE 14” X 17” CHEST UNIT INTERFACE - I I

1 2 3 MODEL NO. 4 6 - 1 ~ 7 0 9 e ~ 1 46-1 n099GI

SERIAL NO EFFECTIVE I N I T I A L 46-177 IOOGl . A A

WALL M O U N T E D CASSETTE HOLDER

-

B B

-

C C

I

D 0 I

- C H A N G E X CHEST C H A N G E R

E E

-

F F

-

G c

1 2 3 4 5 I I I I

I - > IP3-E WHT T S I - l GPN

sw I TCH CLOSE0 1

lHEh CASSETTE IS FULLY INSERTED T

- - lP3-F ELK 151-2 ELK

-. > IP3- E GRN

AT

CLOSED l* T

WHEN F I W I S I N PLACE

- 1P3-F AT

BLW

*= CONTACT OF RELAY INSTALLED I N X-RAY CONTROL REFER TO CHANGEX SERVICE YANUAL SY 93513 TABLE 3-3

AT= ANY OPEN TERYINAL ON X-RAY CONTROL INTER- FACE TERYINAL BOAR0


I I

1

I I

W

D

I n

0

0

c,

2

0

N

rn

U

A

0

N

n

A

0

N

W

> v-- -

J

m

0 0

z 0

-I 0 0

z z m 0

-I

t, P

D t; I m

N

N

P

w

x

A

P

N

L

d

P

N

D

* N

-4

Iv

l

IN

N

d

d

0

N I

4

0

N

0

A

0

N

r

... PX

-4

rn 0

0

n

rn

0

n

W

D

I I

I I

I I

0

I I

n

rn

rn

w

A

N

-4

W

w

3 m

N

-I

w

W d

h)

-I

v) VI W

r

VI V

C n \

d

V

N

n

d

h:

Q 0

z 0

-4

A

N

'V

N

,A

d

N

N

N d

\

VI -I

v)

N

e A

;2l L

N

-4

v)

Ln

0

I

m

r x

N

-l

cn

m

N

m

r

x \

a

A

0

U

N

N

m

0

c

V

N

J

N

rn

0

N

D

V

13

V

N

I

0

0

N

r

V

N

0

m

N

w

A m

. lin

N

-4

W

w

A

m

N

-4 m m

w

a N

v) m

0

-4 4 A

:: m

m

-i

v)

N

0)

U

A

0

I I

C )

Y W

w

...

I I

I I

I I

m

0

0

Qm

D

0

n

'3

t 4

j- --

-

I

1

0

n

rn

/

n - rn

I- o

r

D 5

-n

m

I

\

VI

m

rn % -0

I)

0

73

I)

D

-4 rn

-I C

m

m

-

I

D z 0

rn

I)

0

33

D

z

0

-I 0

n

-

n

0

n 0

0 z -

0 z v)

I

0

D

d

I

d

I I I

1 D

0

n

--

-

- V

0.

c -.

/l-

/ /

+

--

0

P

W -

m "

m

-O

00

O

C.

++

-0

0-

OW

-I X

W

01

~

--

a

x*

-a

-

c-

m

La

=:

vm

X

<

n

--

mm

IL

- zo

U!w

O

N

Ln-

Lo

-

V

N

m

UIN

z

00

z

o

0

0 z z

m "

4

0 z

m -

- W

D

I 0 -

E _I_

:-I

'I

I I I I

'

I z

l

MI

0 21

0

1

=I

I I I E

l

"I

I I I I

'

I I I I I I I I

PI

m

VI il.

.

I

1

1

I I

I n

m

0

0

m

1

n I

m

W D .. si N

0 z

ul

m

4 D

ID

r

m

<

W

0 D

I-

m

i

- D

A a

m

n

m

-0

4

0 a

- m

om

c

- -

'o

0

"0

p9

a-

-4

m

n

os

m

U

<

0

0 t

I

r--------- t--------- 1

I

I

+ UI

<

0

0 f

UI

c

0 "

-0

II

-

m

<

0 " i;-

= \L

w

'Y -

---+ t n

0

_--

- a z 0

tt

D

W

0

P

P-

P--

0

a

0

0

+ n W

P

UI

--Li_-

z Ln

0

I----------

t---------

--t---------

7---------

n

P

If"

a

P

P

L0

un

+ I

I u

<

0

0

0 f

r i-

\u

r

t L

I'

t n

D

W

0 - u

I-

:* =

IL

A

"

UI

N

'0 1 T"

0

a

N

0 f m

m la 0 N

UI

+ UI

<

O

0

B

2:

m

n a P

0

P

U

4!

t:

I,:

o N

UI I-

0

m

m

m

UI

e u

I I

I I

I I

n

m

0

0

m

b

G,

e

-i

N

0

X

(n

m

4 D

1D

r

m

m

<

W

o - r 2

o

W

N

0

W

Ln

m

I

un

-a

+ UI c

0 o

Ln

Y

- 0 0

-

VI4

os

m

mo

L

UI

P

5

Ln

0

P

Ln

D

0 -

I I ;j

1i r I

w z i'

z I' N

U

z f

o

e z

W

e

L

1

Ln

WW

I U

<

0 o

D f

Ln c

0 o

#I ,&* 0 N 'Y

4::

A-

:+'

x Ip

+ E o

L

Ln

r Iz

:* 4 I t n D W 0 L

Ln

,A z .* A

I"

t o D W 0 D

Ln

m

b

G)

n

D

I W

0l a

h)

W

U - 3 \

(D

N

a

w 1;

I-

-

I-

-71

Z

W

Ln

" -

w

- -

VI

)

rn

0

-0

l

I

N

0

w

m

W

n

ow

-

01

0

I

-I I

ID

-I

n2

El-

m4

z-4

sc

-

Dm

C

oo

vz

z-

szco c

-l

WD

W

V

I ""e

om

s0

'II

-I-

D-

<

vz

m

wo

-l

m-

l

mw

rn

mc

4"

%

<

T ,

nr

so

mm

In

- -In

nr

IO

VI-

-lo

"e

SO

VI-

-40

mm

4r

DO

rrrn

-

47

D

O

r-

47

D

O

r-

mm

r-

mm

m

n

rnn

4

fl I,

c

c

z -0

-4

c z

--o

4

<

wo

-l

m

<

;D

O

4

m

c

m

a0

4 s

m

c

4 s

m

r

m

-l P

m

r

m

m 4

0

n

0 z

z

m "

-l -

VI

0

0 -

g:

0

-

0

m

z "

m

<

W

-l m

c

m

W

4

<

W

4

m

-+

-Ln

I<

-0

e"

am

-c

V)

-I I-

onn 0""

""

0

I== III SSI

mm

m

mm

m

mm

m

VIV

IV)

VIV

IVI

4-

44

-I+

+

-4

4-

4 I

A i

i Y

N

xx

x

<<

<

xx

x

(0

WN

-

WN

-

WN

-

- 0 z 0

4

c

VI

m

0

N

1

-

I 1

I I

1

n

m

0

m

b

1

or

so

mo

v

)-

4"

c z

-0

- VI --

os

m

wz

%

47

-0

m

o

r-

mO

<

4

v)

--I

os

m

u

z

m

no

%

4r

-0

m

o

r-

m"

<

m

a0

4

v) --

O

X

m

NT

D

A

or

so

mo

In- 40

s -0

4

u7 --

os

m

NZ

or

IO

v)-

4"

c z

-0

4

La -s

os

m

-z

mo

W

v)

Om-

-=-

mo

--I

2-

rn

l ~ L

I I

I I

t i

t-

1

1

OD

I

4

c

m

m

no-

/\

m

--

z

m'o

-4

40

m

P

I

0

z

rl m

4

V -

-a

XU

om 4

V -

-a

XU

om

I I

I I

n

rn

m

1 1

n

I I I I I I I I I I I I


r---

t

e, ttl

4 4

I I

0

C 0

0

- 0 C 0 n -

2 Q 0

C

OD

n

mn

m

olm

I

1

VI

DD

VI

om

m

m

E

mw

0

-

mm

v)

-4-

E

4

m-l

c

me

m

m

m

mm

I PI

P ZP

z oz

m

Lnm

m

m

ww

V

Iv

)

z

-I

0

D

W 0 -

n

D 0

D

m

-o

m

c

JV

VG

-9

I-

O

Ln

V 1 Y I + m

v

CO

V

IS

m

-

v

sn

-

0

WT

I

=

-0

(02

- -

->

nv

-l

zw

-n

o0

m

m~

o-

n

v

m~

o

m-

9-

v

-v

m

om

n

VL

-4

v

cn

r~

O

VI

PI

-

v-ln

c

nm

-4

-

9O

OD

D

mm

v

nP

<P

m

--4

m

D

W-

r-4

ns

s

=s

--

m

me

-

VI

VIn

v

--

-~

m

w-

m-

n

rn

;c

OZ

rn

m

n

v

-l

rn

O

on

T

n

00

v

wm

-v

Z

O-lC

V

I<x

o

-4

-m

r

DO

-

rm

m-

r

CG

I D

~

m

-4

wz

yI

--

ONPZ

To="

mm

P -40

nm

-

40

0

mm

a

<v

+

0-0

>

n-

o

mv

-

v

C-

DO

L

ns

zc

-

mo

-

l<

o

-v

rn

om

-

CV

I

-m

m

zz

-0

-

n

-m

e

!=z

Dt

O

-0-

r-

VI40

-D

Z

-4"

zm

n

-l

GI V

IS

I

90

?P

mw

0

V

0-

4yI

e-4

-

-m

o

1

Pm

mo

-4

-4v

-w

Z

O

0s

L

n-

D

z<

OD

V

0-

mo

-4c

my

I W

R

EA

Zn

m

i

-

jcs

OS

m

i

--I

z-

E-

VI"

mm

-I

ZI

0

VI

z-

--

V

m

<V

w

m

a

-40

-0

x

v

V

mo

D

O

w

vw

D

4

v-

V4

v

-

OD

-D

X

I-

311

P

4-l

- 5"

90

v

z

00

XZ

- DO

m

a

m- I

v-

DT

v

m

-m

-l

- 0 D

I I

+ +

-*

so

l -

<

--

mO

CI

v)P

¶E-

-m

w

I

O

NO

Ux

NO

to

2

no

=

E

10

N

tom

-c

v)

--

SU

I -<

w

o

I"

W

-m

e

VI

- 0

n

m

0

D

W

I I

I I

I I

@ I

1

I I

I I

I G

) n

m

0

m

>

0

4

N

I If

Y" I V-

I

a W

VI <

0

n

NW

rum

%

m

NW

m

N

m

x

I

+ W -

-W

-

NW

V

ICn

o

m

+ 4

W

N-U

0

-

CO

0

0

--

W

-N

W

zim

%

ie

ec

nm

e

om

Il

y -a

:: -

X- N

P

OP

-

w

OP

%

I

i 5

-w

Ou)

ON

%

Ib

.-

.

,- -

- 7

..

n

P

0

-E{- 1

I I

I I

-0 A

>

Om

N

N

n

W

w

m

-D

N

W

%*

<t

P

N

I N

VI

VI0

N

m

ie

%.

I I

I I

I I

I I

I I

I I

I I

I I

I I

A +

c D

D

Lor

oor

m

N

N

I

GI

n

m

0

0

m

D

I

I I

I I

I

"lr

OPO

ZZ

Z

-cn

I I I I I I I I I I I1


P

W

I P

P

D

rn

u1

VI - n P

r

I n P

rn 0

D

W

bN

(1 ,>

P

-w

O

P

-0

. --

- n

I)

P

W

--I)

, o

m

xm

C

z 0

J

1

0

,1

z -

a z n

X

0

n i n c 4

I

lzl

m

w

I

VI'

-n

<

I

xm

4

-9

-0

<

<

0-

m

ma

-

nur

0 =-

IS

zm

o

m

c

u)n

-m

0

c

zm

IZ

r-l

a P 7 2 d

OD

OD

P

d d

h

n

rn

0

n

m

B

I I

I I

I I

n

m

0

n

W

WN

-

- VI

<

CI

L

n

"N-

. \ pi

\ \ \ \

m

r;: Y

L

s

c-

El

~

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS

~~


REV 18 'fm DIRECTION 46-001414 (SM D5303C)

CHAPTER 9 - RENEWAL PARTS

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ITEM

1

2A

28

3

4A

48

4 c

5A

58

6A

6B

7

8

9

10

11

DESCRIPTION

MODEL 46-177098G1 OYSTER GRAY, MAMMO COLLIMATOR T3438M

053058 MODEL 46-19475561 OYSTER GRAY T3438M D5306B MODEL 46-194755G2 MIST GRAY MAMMO COLLIMATOR (CAT # INCLUDES COLLIMATOR ELECTRONICS ITEM 5)

VRT MAMMO COLLIMATOR, T3438AT (CAT # INCLUDES COLLIMATOR ELECTRONICS ITEM 5)

D5305C MODEL 46-233718G1 MIST GRAY

MODEL 46-177099G1 OYSTER GRAY COLLIMATOR, T3438P

D5303C MODEL 46-1947yG1 OxEB GRAY, T3438P D5308C MODEL 46- 19475063 MIST GRAY - D5308D MODEL 46-19475062 MIST GRAY FOR COMPAX TABLE COLLIMATOR (CAT # INCLUDES COLLIMATOR ELECTRONICS ITEM 5)

COLLIMATOR T3438AW (CAT # INCLUDES COLLIMATOR ELECTRONICS ITEM 5)

COLLIMATOR T3438AA (CAT # INCLUDES COLLIMATOR ELECTRONICS ITEM 5)

D5303F MODEL 46-233717G1 MIST GRAY,

B5050BH MODEL 46-194765G1, HYDRADJUST

MODEL 46-177100G1 ELECTRONICS PACKAGE OYSTER GRAY

MODEL 46-177100G2 ELECTRONICS PACKAGE MIST GRAY

WALL BOX FOR ELECTRONICS PACKAGE (80 TUBE STAND)

WALL BOX FOR ELECTRONICS PACKAGE (xr HANGER)

CASS€ITE SIZE SENSING TRAY AND BUCKY ADAPTING PARTS

INTERCONNECTING CABLES

BEAM AND WALL TAKE-UP PARTS FOR AUTOMATIC COLLIMATOR CABLES - 484 AND 48-5 TUBE HANGERS

SID INTERLOCK SWITCH ASSEMBLY PARTS 48-4 and 48-5 Tube Hangers No 65 Tube Stand

XT Radiographic Suspension I No 80 Tube Stand

\

ORDOGRAPH II INTERFACE PARTS

PAGE

9-1

See Dir 46-01 4340

See Dir 46-01 4340

9-1 2

See Dir 46-014340

See Dir 46-014340

See Dir 46-014685

9-17

9-17

9-32

9-338

9-35

9-44

9-47

9-48 9-49 9-50 See Dir 46-001230 (SM 82054) or Dir 46-001234 (SM B2054AF)

9-51

9-1

GENERAL ELECTRIC- MEDICAL SYSTEMS

1-2784 SM D5303C e SENTRY THREE AUTOMATIC COLLIMATOR

MODEL 46177098t MODEL 4 8 1 770994

31 MAMMOGRAPHY COLLIMATOR GENERAL 31 COLLIMATOR

18 8

11

!I- P I

20677 P10

30 31 7 8 9 6 10

26 *27

2 105o-PlO 1



'0 MODEL 4817709861 MAMMOGRAPHY COLLIMATOR GENERAL v,Ews MODEL 4817709961 COLLIMATOR

ITEM

1 2 3

6A 6B 6C 7A

'78

\

7c

8 9

10 11A l l B

12 13 14 15 16 17

18 19 20 21

22

23 24 25 26

27 28 29 30 31 31A

PART NO

T3438M T3438P

46-1 7736562 46-1763OOG1 46-17705OP1

-46-177091 G1

46 163001P1 53271 56928 46- 1 771 75P1

.- 46 219036P1

46-16304OP1 46-159481P2 46- 1 77092G 1 46-1 77094G1 46-1 77094G2

46-177177P4 46-177177P5 46-1 771 77P6 46-1771 7781 461 771 77P2 46177177P3 46-1 771 77P7 46-163115P1 46-17634163 46-159061 P4 46-1 6307 1 G1 46-1 63069P1 46-1 63070P1 46163071G2 46-1 63069P2 46-1 63070P2 46-1 65485P2 24005 46-1 69085P1 46169089P1

46-1 701 06P1 46-17755OG1 509A173P4 509A173P5 12 1316 1691 5

DESCRIPTION

MODEL 46-177098Gl MAMMOGRAPHY COLLIMATOR MODEL 46-177099G1 COLLIMATOR

TRIM COVER ASSEMBLY (also order Item 23 or 26) see Page 9 4 PLUG BUTTON BUlTON Rotational Detent see Page 9-5 INTERFACE ASSEMBLY includes Item 6-8

ECCENTRIC 4 used CAP SCREW Hex Hd 10 32 x 3/4' for Item 6A CAP SCREW Hex Hd 10-32 x 1/2 for Item 6A - MX 75 only INTERFACE PLATE Collimator to tube CAP SCREW Hex SOC Hd 8-32 UNC x 3/4" (1 9 05 rnm) wlth Nylok insert 5 used to attach collimator to interface plate HEX SOC HD 10-24 x 75 Spiralock used for mountmg collimator to interface plate 3 used ADAPTER PLATE used for rntg collimator to RTI table LEAD FINGER 2 used FRAME SUPPORT ASSEMBLY not a field replacement see Page 9-5 NAMEPLATE ASSEMBLY for Model 46-177099G1 see Page 9-7 NAMEPLATE ASSEMBLY for Model 46-l77098G1 see Page 9-7

BUTTON Legend 'LONG BUTTON Legend 'TRANS ' BUTTON, Legend 'VERT ' BUlTON Legend ANG BUlTON Legend DETENT BUTTON Legend 'AUX BUTTON, Legend 'STEREO HANDLE GRIP HANDLE FRAME SUPPORT Switch Assembly FILTER ASSEMBLY 1MM aluminum consisting of FILTER HANDLE FILTER ASSEMBLY 2MM aluminum consisting of FILTER HANDLE FILTER LABEL DOUBLESACK TAPE, In'' (12 7mm) wide specify length HANDLE for filter on Model 46-177098G1 Mammography Collimator WARNING LABEL Filter Interlock for Model 46 17709861 Mammography Collimator DOUBLE BACK TAPE 1" (25 4mm) wide specify length COVER Connector Housing BINDER HMS 8 32 UNC x 1/4' (6.4mm) BINDER HMS 1G32 UNF x 318" (9 5mm) FIBRE WASHER ' 0" RING 2 used

'See Sennce Note 2920

9 1

1 %

7 1375 &&A

MODEL 4817709861 MAMMOGRAPHY COLLIMATOR MODEL 46177099Gl COLLIMATOR

GENERAL VIEWS (CONT D)

36 -35

34

33

32

20

19 20679-PlO

49 50 51 48 47 10

52

53

43 38 44 40 45

39 40

GR8238

9 2


'I REV 17 DIRECTION 46-001 41 4 (SM D5303C) I a MODEL 4817709861 MAMMOGRAPHY COLLIMATOR

MODEL 4617709961 COLLIMATOR

ITEM

, 32 33 34 35 36 37

38

39

40 41 42

43A 438 44

45

46

47 48A 488

49 50 51 52 53A

538

PART NO

18715 46 1820866 1 49561 46- 1 82056P 1 46 173395G2 46-1 73394G2

46-1 88542G1

46188544Gl

46-1 36346P3 46-1 771 85P1 46-163063P1 50863

46-1 63065P1

50864 46-1 63065P2

513A604P1 12813

50445

46- 1 77097G 1 46-1 7651261 46.1 7731 8G1

46-163062Pl 87 372 461 6301 8P1 46-173384P1 46-1 73397G 1 46-216572P1 48173383Pl 46-1 63064P 1 46-1 63 1 20G2

46-166349P1 46-1 63 108P 1 46-165148P1 46163094Pl 46-1 65 1 36P1 46.1 651 37P1 4621 62 1 2 P 1

18717

18720

____ - -

GENERAL VIEWS (CONT'D)

DESCRIPTION

CABLE CLAMP TtA Mfg COW NO TA713D05 2 used MOUNTING PLATE ASSEMBLY see Page 9-1 1 STRAP, TBB Ty-Rap No TY 24-M, 3 used POINTER (REPLACES 46-163083Pl) see Pages 410 11 DIAL ASSEMBLY see Page 9-9 FIELD LIGHT HOUSING ASSEMBLY see Page 9-8

SWITCH AND TERMINAL BOARD ASSEMBLY (4S5,4S6,4S7 and 4TB1) (RIGHT SIDE, FACING FRONT) WITCH AND TERMINAL BOARD ASSEMBLY (4S1,4S2,4S3 and 4TB2) includes (LEFT SIDE, FACING FRONT) CAPACITOR, 4C3,lO mfd, 35 v STRIP, 2 used for mounting each switch assembly ADJUSTER 2 used (EARLY UNITS ONLY) SLEEVE A H Weber Co No 871 32 B crimped onto ends of wire rope 2 used (EARLY UNITS ONLY)

ADJUSTMENT SCREW, 3 used ( 1 38 LG 16-32 THD) ADJUSTMENT SCREW, 1 used ( 1 00 LG 16-32 THD) SLEEVE, A H Weber Co No 17-1-8-2 crimped onto ends of wire rope 4 used

SPRING, Cable Tensioning, 2 used (replaces 46 173366Pl) TERMINAL' anchor point for one end of spring 4 used (EARLY UNITS ONLY) WIRE ROPE Bergen No BWR 40 1 specify length(approximate1y 8 ft 2 4m) used for each blade set), not a field replacement BLADE ASSEMBLY, see Page 413 SHUITER ASSEMBLY for Model 46-177099G1 see Page 9-14 SHUITER ASSEMBLY wth filter for Model 46-17709661 see Page 9-15

TIE ROD, not a field repTakment, 2 used BALL JOINT not a field replacement SPACER used between ball joint and pivot arm of blade assembly BRACKET, Connector MIRROR ASSEMBLY for Model 46-17709961 Collimator, includes MIRROR MOUNT MIRROR Glass BRACKET, 2 used to secure mirror to mount MIRROR ASSEMB LY for Model 46-177098G1 Mammography Collimator, includes same items as above with th is exception MIRROR Plastic STUD 2 used for mounting mirror assembly FILTER, aluminium, located above mirror assembly LEAD DISC, located at top of collimator WRENCH double-ended thin open end WRENCH Allen 9 inch shank SPACER for use between tube unit and tube support if needed

CABLE CLAMP T A Mfg Corp No TA713D07 1 used to clamp lock and light cable to rear of collimator CABLE CLAMP T A Mfg Corp No TA713D09 1 used to clamp servo cable to rear of collimator -

43

~


REV 11 SM D5303C

COLLIMATOR - TRIM COVER ASSEMBLY 46-17736562

2

c

c

1

ITEM CATALOG NO

1 3 4 5 6' -

7'

8 9'

46- 17736468 4621 6568P1 46-216568P2 46-1 761 57G 1 46-165485P2 24005

46-169OB9Pl 46-170106P1

1oO4596Pl19 461 83614P1

5

GR6788

COVER

I

DESCRIPTION

CONE TRACK, with cone latch slot CONE TRACK WINDOW ASSEMBLY FILTER LABEL for Gl Cover Assembly DOUBLE BACK TAPE 1/2 (12 7mm) inch wide used to attach label tpecify length WARNING LABEL Filter Interlock for 6 2 Cover Assembly DOUBLEBACK TAPE 1 inch (25 4mm) wlde used to attach label specify length CLIP MASK NOT SHOWN, FOR ANODE CUT-OFF

' Not part of this asm

9 4


1-2784 SM D5303C

COLLIMATOR - FRAME SUPPORT ASSEMBLY 4817709261, Not a Field Replacement

0

Lc

ITEM PART NO DESCRIPTION 21082 D10

1 46-17709OG1 FRAME SUPPORT CASTING 2 46-1 63035P1 RING Hold Down 3A 46-1 59474P3 FLANGE Bronze 5 000 0 D 39 46-194563P1 FLANGE Bronze 5 008 0 D 4 46-163093P1 SHIM Mylar 5 46-1 77052P1 ARM Lock Pivot

6 7 8 9

10 11 12 13 14 15 16

46-1 77056P1 46 177328P1 46208735P19 46-1 77327P1 46-1 6514562 46- 1 77058P1 46-1 36353P18 46-177051 P1 46-1 77050P1 25818 46 221412P1

BEARING SHAFT PIN Spnng 062” (1 6 mm) D x 012 ( 3 mm) W x 38 (9 5 mm) L NUT PLUNGER ASSEMBLY RETAINING PLATE SPRING SLEEVE BUlTON Rotabonal Detent CAP SCREW Hex Socket Head 10 32 UNF x 1 112 (38 1 mm) SCREW Flat Head 8-32x 31 6 used Nylok

See Service Note 2920 9 5

F a GENERAL ELECTRIC MEDICAL SYSTEMS SENTRY THREE AUTOMATIC COLLIMATOR SM D5303C _ _ - -- ___ __ RENEWAL - - PARTS - -- - - 2-578 - _

COLLIMATOR - NAMEPLATE ASSEMBLY 4617709461 for Model 4617709961 Collimator

4 6 1 7709462 for Model 4617709861 Mammography Collimator

1 SENTRY THREE

I I

11

12

5 13 14 15 17 16 17 18 19 20 21868 Dm

9-6



'e COLLIMATOR - NAMEPLATE ASSEMBLY, 46-1 77094G1 for Model 46-inoggGi Collimator 46-1 77094G2 for Model 46-1 7709801 Mammography Colllmator

ITEM NO NAME PART NO DESCRIPTION

1

6 7 8

9 10

11 12

13 14

15

16 - 17 18 19 20 21 22

NAME PLATE

NAMEPLATE

LENS LENS TRIM NUT KEY SWITCH

BUTTON BUTTON WINDOW

RUBBER STRIP SPRING BAR

INSULATOR CONNECTOR ASM CONNECTOR WIRE NUT PLUG

SOCKET ASSEMBLY SOCKET TEMFLEX TUBING PIN

SOCKET ASSEMBLY

SPACER LAMP BRACKET SPRING SHIELD

LABEL LABEL

46-262674G2

46-262674G2 & 46-1 94754P1 19380 5141 1 46-1 7731 9P1 46-1 83635P1

46-163113P3 46-1631 13P1 46-1 631 12P1

46-1 701 71 P6 46-16311OP1

46-173578P1 46- 1 770546 1 52577 51 1 A590P95 56789 46-1 771 9262 46-1 7601 8P1 07364 51 1 A590P104

46- 1 771 92G 1

1000274P337 56900 46- 1 771 47G 1 46-173376P1

46-18361 6P1 46-31555861

FOR G1 NAMEPLATE ASSEMBLY (INCLUDES ITEM 22) FOR G2 NAMEPLATE ASSEMBLY

RED DIALCO #514-0508-0331-402 AMBER, DIALCO #514-0508-0333-402

4S15 (2 KEYS FURNISHED WITH SWITCH) (KEYS NOT AVAIL SEPARATELY)

LEGEND FIELD LITE SECURED TO NAMEPLATE WITH ARMSTRONG 0220 SPECIFY LENGTH

LEGEND " REDUCT ON-OFF '

INCLUDES 4P3 WINCHESTER #JF3P-1 S-ACD

4P8 MATE-N LOK AMP #1-480319-0

CONSISTING OF LEECRAFT #25-208 (REPLACES 56901) SPECIFY LENGTH #22-18 WIRE SIZE FOR MATE-N-LOC CONNECTORS AMP #61116-4 SAME AS ITEM 15 EXCEPT FOR LEAD LENGTH

2 USED FOR SOCKET ASSEMBLY MOUNTING 4DS3 GE#386

ANODE CUT-OFF (PART OF 46-26267462)

9-7


2-578 RENEWAL PARTS SM D5303C

COLLIMATOR - FIELD LIGHT HOUSING ASSEMBLY, 46-17339462 (REPLACES e173394611

4 3 2 9 1 11.12

13 GR7654

6 7

ITEM CATALOG NO DESCRIPTION

1 2 3

4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

4 6 163027G 1 46-1 631 29P1 12 277 461 799236 1 461 82024P2 4 6 182024P1 46-1 820226 1 51 378 46-1 63058P1 - 50475 17219 46-1 733736 1 461 76302P1 46-1 820236 1' 13535

LIGHT BOX LIGHT SHIELD WASHER LENS HOUSING ASM CONSISTING OF ITEMS 4 5 6 13 14 BRACKET (REPLACES 46-163030P21 BRACKET (REPLACES 4 6 16303OP1) LENS HOUSING (REPLACES 46-16307361) LAMP SOCKET, GE No QEW-O BRACKET Hold -dwn FIELD LAMP, 4DS1 GE FDS Quartzline 150w 24-v WASHER used under lens housing mounting screws COVER light housing SHIELD Lead, attached to inside of light housing cover LENS ASM CAP SCREW, HEX SOC HD No 440 UNC x 3/8 (9 5mm)


REV 8 SM D5303C-S

0 COLLIMATOR - DIAL ASSEMBLY, 46-1 7339562 (REPLACES 46-17339561)

- 6 7 10 9 12

8 7 6 5

11 11

1 2 3 4 GR6403

ITEM NO NAME PART NO

1 MOUNTING BRACKET 4616309961 2 SWITCH 82604 3 FISHPAPER 46- 1651 33P1 4 BRACKET 46- 1 77 1 97P1 5 THUMBWHEEL 46-163056P1

6 SPRING 46-1 63 104P1 7 POTE NTlOM ETER 46-1 63641 P1

8 SHAFT 46-1631 16P1 9A DIAL DRUM ASM 46- 16369362

9B DIAL LABEL 46-167309P1

9c METRIC DIAL LABEL 46- 1651 49P1 9D DIAL LABEL 46-1 8361 5P1 9E DIAL LABEL 46-21 9681 P1

10 SUPPORT BRACKET 46- 163 106P1 11 RUBBER STRIP 46- 1701 71 P6 12 SET SCREW 0 12142

9-9

DESCRIPTION

MG2 Reduct ON-OFF, 459, Microswitch No V3-32 lnsulati ng Switch Mounting

Manual Blade Control, 4R1 - Longitudinal 4R4 -Transverse 5K ohm, Bourns No 35105-1-502

Includes selection thumbwheel 44" (1 12 m) w/cm scale Has44"(1 12m)S1Dmark1ngsinplaceof40" (1 02 m) Inch only

SID 100 cm only Has 40" incWcm marking 44" (1 12 m) wi th IncWmetnc SID marking

Specify length 4-40 x 118" l g 5 used

Copyrighto 1985 by General Electr c Co

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS

REV 18 SENTRY THREE AUTOMATIC COLLIMATOR


COLLIMATOR-MOUNTING PLATE ASSEMBLY 46-182086G1 (Replaces 46-177195G1 see note)

12 13 14 SEE D E T A I L A

\ n 12 13 14 OLD STYLE SHOWN SEE BELOW FOR NEW / STYLE POINTER PARTS

11

1

8 10

6 7

2

4

20 21 22

23a

23f OLD STYLE

DETAIL A NEW STYLE POINTER PARTS POINTER PARTS

9-10


REV 18 DIRECTION 46-001414 (SM D5303C) COLLIMATOR - MOUNTING PLATE ASSEMBLY, 4618208661 (REPLACES 46-177195611

ITEM 1 2 3 4

5 6 7 8

9

10 11

12 13 14 15* 16 17 18 19 20 21 22

23 23a 23b 2% 23d 2%

23f 239

24 25 26 27 28 29A (1) 298 (1) 29C 30 31 32 33

DESCRIPTION ,* CATALOG NO 46-17679961 46-1 59440P3 46-1 59439P3 46-1 63634P2

MOUN?ING PLATE i o t a field replacement (REPLACES 46 177194G1) MOUNTING BLOCK (REPLACES 46-15944OP23 MOUNTING BLOCK (REPLACES 46 159439P2) POTENTIOMETER Bladedriven 4R2 longitudinal 4R3 transverse 5Kohm Bourns No 356OS515 502

46163688P1 46163033Pl 1 oO0274P401 46 166502P2

46-166502P1

1 OO5058P32 50445

46-163088P1 46-1 36382P1 13059 46-183653P1 1000274P208 46-173381G1 52128 461 771 93G2 461 77 19363 50862 52368

0 LD STY LE 46-163092P1 46-1 65 139P 1 46-1 65138P1 46-16309OP1 46- 1651 4 1 P1

1000904P379 16010

51902 5 1 1 A590P95 46-1 76303P1 24225 46-176541 P1 46-27922961 46-279229G2 46-250254G1 46-223221P1 46-194761P2 511ASWP116 511A590P104

CLAMP, 2 used for each potentiometer PULLEY BEARING J

PULLEY Double Groove attaches to potentiometer shaft, not a field replacement PULLEY, Double Groove, attaches to potentiometer shaft not a field replacement BUSHING pressed into mounting plate (OLD STYLE ONLY) WIRE ROPE Bergen No BWR 40 1 approximately 8 ft (2 4m) used for each pointer assembly not a field replacement STUD 6used PULLEY 6 used RETAINING RING Waldes Truarc No 5133-12 ELECTRONIC TIMER SWITCH ASSEMBLY 4S8 (REPLACES 46 163096P1) SPACER 2 used for timer switch assembly mounting (OLD STYLE) MEASURING TAPE ASSEMBLY LUG Zierich No 694H 169 MERCURY SWITCH ASSEMBLY 4 used (4S10 4Sl l 4S12 and 4S13) MERCURY WITCH ASSEMBLY 2 used ( 6 1 6 and 4S17) SWITCH CLAMP Birtcher No 3B1,6 used RIVET, E H Stimpson Co No A1664 2 used to attach each switch clamp POINTER ASSEMBLY consisting of BLOCK Pointer Attachment PLATE SLIDE Mylar, 014' ( 4mm)thk 44" (1 1 8mm) wide 1 00" (25 4mm)lg SLIDE SHIM Mylar 005 ( 12mrn)thk 23 (53mm) wide 1 00' (254mm)lg used only if binding occurs between attachment block and mounting plate WASHER BALL Steel 1/8" (3 18mm) dia 2 used to hold pointer in attachment block PLUG 4P4 Mate N Lok AMP No 1480426-0 WIRE NUT SHIELD SET. SCREW HEX SOC HD CONE POINT 6-32 UNC x 1/4 ' (6 35mm) BLOCK 2used POINTER 2used POINTER 2used ADHESIVE KIT RIAL 2used SHOULDER SCREW 4 used TERMINAL TERMINAL

*Item 15 is New Style Electronic Timer see Service Note 2965

(1) TO IDENTIFY 29A AND 298 SEE DETAIL B ON PAGE 9-10 IF 29A IS NEEDED ALSO ORDER 29C

9 11


2-578 RENEWAL PARTS - - _ _ _ _ _ SM D5303C _ I 0 - -

COLLIMATOR - BLADE ASSEMBLY 4617709761 Not a Field Replacement

1 9

18

19

13.

11

23 24 25 12

14 14 16 17 15 15 18

21282 P10 23 24 25

21 22

i i f il e l\lb

9 12


- RENEWAL PARTS SM D5303C - c r d - a 2-578

COLLIMATOR - BLADE ASSEMBLY, 4617709761 Not a Field Replacement

ITEM CATALOG NO

8 9 10 11 1 l a l l b l l c l l d l l e 1 If 1 l g l l h 111 111 12 13 14 15

16 17 18 19

21 22 23 24 25 26 27

m

46-1 59795P2 46 163036P2 46-163036P1 46-1 73384P1 46-1 58905P2 46158905Pl 46 177095G1 46158683P2

46-1 58683P4

511A590P127 52600 52321 5 1 1 A590P 108

56788 511A590P105

56789 511A590P104 56858 51 1 A590P116 46-1 799556 1 14325 52231

46-1 63053Pl 46163054P1 46-1 63032Pl 46-1 63081 P1 46-1 63082P1 50479 46-1 63034P1 46 163039P1 46-1 76398P1 46-163038Pl 46-1 63042P2 46-16306661 46-16304461 50479

46-16311961 46-1 63080G2 46 1631 19G2 46-16308061 46-163033P1 46-165146P1 1000274P401 46-1 837WP1 12697 50458 46-1 76265Pl 46-1 9476 1 P1

DESCR I PTl ON

FRAME STUD STUD BRACKET Connector JACKSCREW fixed female JACKSCREW fixed male HARNESS includes CONNECTOR BLOCK M Series 4P1, male 26 position AMP No 20 1359 1 CONNECTOR BLOCK M Series 4P2 male 14 position AMP No 201355 1 PIN for 4P1 and 4P2 AMP No 66099 3 CONNECTOR 4P3 Winchester No JF3S 1P ACD RECEPTACLE 4P4 Mate N Lok AMP No 1 480425-0 SOCKET for 4P4 No 18 14 wire size for Mate N Lok connectors AMP No 611174 RECEPTACLE 4P5 4P6 and 4P8 Mate N Lok AMP No 1 480318 0 SOCKET for 4P5 4P6 and 4P8 No 22 18 wire size for Mate N Lok connectors AMP No 61314 4 PLUG 4P7, Mate N Lok AMP No 1 4803190 PIN for 4P7 AMP No 61 1164 CONNECTOR for 4TB1 and 4TB2 AMP No 582689 1 TERMINAL for above connector AMP No 5160 43 1 BLADE DRIVE MOTOR ASSEMBLY 481 longitudinal 482 transverse STRAP TY RAP MOUNT FOR ITEM 9 DRIVE COUPLING ASSEMBLY consisting of RING Locking DISC Clutch GEAR WASHER Key WASHER Spring BEARING Torrington No 8-44 2 used in each pulley LINK PULLEY CAB LE ASSEMBLY (REPLACES 46-163O79G 1) PULLEY PIVOT ARM PIVOT ARM ASSEMBLY PIVOT ARM ASSEMBLY 4 used BEARING Torrington No 8-44 1 used in each Item 14 arm assembly LONGITUDINAL PRIMARY BLADE ASSEMBLY LONGITUDINAL SECONDARY BLADE ASSEMBLY TRANSVERSE PRIMARY BLADE ASSEMBLY TRANSVERSE SECONDARY BLADE ASSEMBLY PULLEY PULLEY BEARING (Early Units) GEAR (REPLACES 46173382P1) RETAINING RING Waldes Truarc No 5100 25 BEARING Boston Gear No FB46-4 pressed into frame SHIELD LEAD SHOULDER SCREW

9 13


4-183 SM D5303C

COLLIMATOR - SHUTTER ASSEMBLY, 4617651261 for Model 4617709961 Collimator Not A Fleld Replacement (Replaces 4616302461, see part descnpaons below for dtfferences

1 \

11/

ITEM

1 2 3

4 5 6 7

8

9

10

11 12

10 8 5 6 1

CATALOG NO

46- 163051 G 1 46- 1630506 1 46-163067P1 46169061Pl

46-1 63005P1 46-163006P1 46-1 6301 8P1 46-176393 G1

46-1 763926 1

46-17651 1 G1

46-1 763896 1

509A 1 73P 1 46-176264Pl

DESCRIPTION

UPPER MOUNTING PLATE LOWER MOUNTING PLATE SPR ING SPACER, Mylar 005" (t1mm)thk 1 75' (44 5mm) wide 3 10 ' (78 7mm) long used beneath spring to reduce scratching of filter surfaces SHAFT BLOCK BEARING 8used BOlTOM SHUTTER ASSEMBLY (REPLACES 46-16302261 which had large rivets MIDDLE SHUTTER ASSEMBLY (REPLACES 46-163023G1 which had large rivets TOP SHUlTER ASSEMBLY (REPLACES 46 16302061) which had 'U' shaped end FINGER ATTACHMENT ASSEMBLY [REPLACES 46-16369861 which had U" shaped end BINDER HMS 10 used SHIELD LEAD

9 14


RENEWAL PARTS SM D5303C - _-

(1 Y . t c - @ 2-578

COLLIMATOR-SHUTTER ASSEMBLY, WITH INTERLOCKED FILTER 4817731861 for Model 46177098G1 Mammography Collimator Not a Field Replacement

2 3

ITEM

1 2 3

4 5

\

4

CATALOG NO DESCRIPTION

4617651 2G1 46-169016P1 46-1 77 198G 1 46- 1 36334P18 56788 51 lA590P105

46-1 69088P1 46-1 690946 1 46-1 69090P1

5

21283 P10

SHUTTER ASSEMBLY see preceding page for parts breakdown BRACKET SWITCH ASSEMBLY includes SWITCH 4S14 SPDT 5A RECEPTACLE, 4P7 Mate N Lok AMP No 1 480318-0 SOCKET for 4P7 No 22 18 wire size for Mate N Lok connectors AMPNo 61314-4 INSULATOR 2 used FILTER ASSEMBLY 1 5 mm aluminum SPACER, Mylar 014' ( 36mm)thk, 40" (1 02mm) wide 1 00' (25 4mm) long 2 used between filter assembly and lower mounting plate of shutter assembly

9 15


REV 16 DIRECTION 46-001 41 4 (SM D5303C)

MODEL 46-1 771 0061 ELECTRONICS PACKAGE - GENERAL VIEWS (OYSTER GRAY) MODEL 46-1 771 OOG2 ELECTRONICS PACKAGE - GENERAL VIEWS (MIST GRAY)

206784‘10

13 \ I R 7 6 5 4

10 1 2068o-PlO \12 13

15 20681 P10

9 16


REV 16

MODEL 46-1771OOG1 ELECTRONICS PACKAGE - GENERAL VIEWS (OYSTER GRAY)


_. _ _ _ _ MODEL 46-17710062 ELECTRONICS PACKAGE - GENERAL VIEWS (MIST GRAY)

ITEM PART NO DESCRIPTION

1 2 46-1 63646P1 STANDOFF

46-177043Gl/G2 OUTER BOX ASSEMBLY see Page 9-19

3 46-1 63645Pl COVER connector 4 46 17708461 TRANSFORMER ASSEMBLY 60 Hz includes transformer 1T1 and

capacitor 1C1 46-1 7708462 TRANSFORMER ASSEMBLY 50 Hz includes transformer 1T1 and

capacitor 1C1

NOTE The transformer and capacitor are stamped with identical numbers and must be replaced as a matched set

5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20A 208 21 22 23 -

47478

51 1A590P104

45273 46-1 77086P1 46- 1 63644P2 46- 1 63644P 1 46-1 77085P1 46-208508P2

46-1 63642P1 46-17704561

46-163609P1 46-177049P1

46-1 885ZG1 46-18852861 46-16899861 46 188532G1 46-1 88526G1 46-1 8871 4G1 46-18853OG1 46-1 88524G1 46-1 88520G1

46208soap~

PLUG Mate N Lok 1P1 for transformer assembly male AMP No 14803240 PIN, for 1P1, No 22 18 wire size, for Mate N Lok connectors AMP No 61116-4 TERMINAL CAP for capacitor SHIELD GUARD POST short GUARD POST long SHIELD INSULATOR PLATE CIRCUIT BOARD BOX ASSEMBLY see Page 9 23

SHOULDER BOLT COVER I NSU LATO R A2 RELAY INTERFACE BOARD see Page $24 A3 POWER SUPPLY BOARD see Page 9-25 A4 DIGITAL SIGNAL INTERFACE BOARD see Page 9-26 A5 COMBINATIONAL LOGIC BOARD see Page 9-27 A6 8 SERVO TRANSVERSE (LAT/LONG ) see Page 9-28 A6 8 SERVO TRANSVERSE (LATILONG ) see Page 9-52 A9 SID COMPENSATOR BOARD see Page 9-29 A10 AUTO LIMIT BOARD see Page 9-30 A1 1 REFERENCE VOLTAGE AND QUANTAMAT BOARD see Page 9 31

46-1 78422G 1 16294 461 36241 P4

16298 LABELS IDENTIFYING NUMERALS FOR SERVO CIRCUIT BOARDS

A7 EXTENDER CARD LABELS identifying numerals for servo circuit boards RECTIFIER IN5062 800 v 1A used across tube hanger or tube stand electric locks for transient suppression

9-1 7

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS

REV 16



ELECTRONICS PACKAGE - OUTER BOX ASSEMBLY, 46-17704361 (OYSTER GRAY) ELECTRONICS PACKAGE - OUTER BOX ASSEMBLY, 46-17704362 (MIST GRAY)

5

18 17 21284-PlO

19’ -

20 21 !

I

20 9 9 21 12 11 10

15 13 16 14 22

8

2 \ 4 21285 P10

9 18

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS

REV 18

ELECTRONICS PACKAGE - OUTER BOX ASSEMBLY, 46-17704361 (OYSTER GRAY)


DIRECTION 46-001 41 4 (SM D5303C)

0 ELECTRONICS PACKAGE - OUTER BOX ASSEMBLY, 46-17704362 (MIST GRAY)

ITEM CATALOG NO 1A 46-17364761 1B 46-1 7364702 2 46-1 770466 1

46-1 73648P1 48814 48067 48072 50960 14359

46- 1362O7P249 46-302353P2 46- 1T7W7G1 46-158683P2

3

4

5 6 7 8 9 10

11 12 13 14 15 16

17A

46-158905P1 46-1 58905P2 50962

46-188546G1 46- 1 3624 1 P 1 46-1 36370P9 46-1 36362P2 46 170054P1 77298 47479 50639

461 88547P1 18900 2001 249P2 53388 82673 13248 63078

45741 6301 6 46 170042P6 49738 46-1 70042P16 51 497

4617715261 46-1 3631 6P21 46-1 3631 6P22 46-1 58683P2

46-1 58683P4

DESCRIPTION BOX (OYSTER GRAY) BOX (MIST GRAY) TRANSISTOR ASSEMBLY includes MOUNTING BRACKET RESISTOR 1R1 1R2 1 R3 and 1R4 Dale RH 25 10-ohm 25-w 1% TRANSISTOR 101 and 1Q2 2N3055 115w 70v Si NPN SOCKET for transistor Augat No 8080164 2 used HEATSINK Wakefield No NC401V 2 used INSULATOR Reliance Mica Co No 767M used between transistors and heatsinks RESISTOR 1R5 and 1R6 1K-ohm 1/2-w 5% RECTIFIER BRIDGE lCRl and 1CR2 400-v 1OA HARNESS ASSEMBLY includes CONNECTOR BLOCK M Series lP l0 male 26 position

JACKSCREW fixed male JACKSCREW fixed female CAPACITOR 1C1 lC2 1C3 and 1C4 12000mfd 30 v GE No 86F548L includes mounting bracket RELAY CIRCUIT BOARD includes DIODE 1CR5 IN5059 RELAY 1 K6 24 vdc SOCKET for relay CLAMP for relay hold down RESISTOR 1R7 1R8 1RlO and 1R11 560ohm 2 w 5% RECEPTACLE 1 P 1 1 Mate N Lok female AMP No 1 480323 0 CONTACT for 1P11 AMP No 61320 1 for printed circuit board Mate N Lok, 15 used CIRCUIT BOARD less components TERMINAL STRIP 1TS1 Kulka Elec Mfg Co No 600 3 MARKER STRIP for 1TS1 LAMP ASSEMBLY 1 DS1 Leecraft No 36EN 231 1 SWITCH 1S1 Cutler Hammer Type 7565 K5 FUSEHOLDER Bussman Mfg Type HKP HH FUSE 1 F1 and 1F2 Littelfuse No 313003 3AG 3A 125 v SLO BLO BUSHING Heyco No SB 625 8 FUSE 1 F3 Littelfuse no 314008 3AB 8A 250 v FUSEHOLDER Bussman Mfg Type HN-1 3/4 to 2 1/2 FUSE 1 F4 and 1 F5 Bussman Fusetron Type N 2 5A FUSEHOLDER Bussman Mfg Type HN 3/4 to 1 114 FUSE 1 F6 and 1 F7 Bussman Fusetron Type N 1 1 /4A order quantity of 5 HARNESS ASSEMBLY, (Oyster Gray) CONNECTOR BLOCK 1 J16 male, 50 position, AMP No 205058-2 CONNECTOR BLOCK 1J15 female 50 position AMP No 203622 2 CONNECTOR BLOCK M Series 1P7 male 26 position AMP No 201359 1 CONNECTOR BLOCK M Series 1P2 1P3 1P4 1P5 1P6 1P8 and 1P9 male 14 position AMP No 201355 1

AMPNO 201359-1

9 19



ELECTRONICS PACKAGE - OUTER BOX ASSEMBLY, 46-17704361 (OYSTER GRAY) ELECTRONICS PACKAGE - OUTER BOX ASSEMBLY, 46-17704362 (MIST GRAY)

5 1 2 3 4 6

16

(8 \

17 21284 P10

19’ I 2

\ 4 21285 P10

9 20


REV 16 DIRECTION 46-001414 (SM D5303C) ' ELECTRONICS PACKAGE - OUTER BOX ASSEMBLY, 46-17704361 (OYSTER GRAY) ELECTRONICS PACKAGE - OUTER BOX ASSEMBLY, 46-17704362 (MIST GRAY)

ITEM CATALOG NO DESCRIPTION

178

18 19A 19B 20 21 22

46158683P3

51 lA590P128 511A590P127 46-158905P1 46-1 58905P2 46-1 58905P3 46-1 58905P4 46- 158905P5 46-1 58905P6 46158906Pl 46-1 58906P2 47479 51 lA590P105

51 1A590P108

47478 51 1A590P104

511A590P107

46169449P1 46-1 771 5262

46-1 69449P2 46-163637P1 46-163646P1 46- 1 63646P2 49856 45862 03873

CONNECTOR BLOCK M Series 1P10 female 26 position AMP No 2005122 SOCKET for 1P10and 1515 AMP No 66101 3 PIN for 1P2 thru 1P9 and 1516 AMP No 66099 3 JACKSCREW fixed male for 1P2 thru 1P9 JACKSCREW fixed female for 1P2 thru 1P9 JACKSCREW short short male for 1P10 JACKSCREW short short female, for 1P10 JACKSCREW short male for 1515 and 1J16 JACKSCREW short female for 1515 and 1J16 GUIDE PIN male for 1J15 and 1J16 GUIDE PIN female for 1515 and 1J16 RECEPTACLE Mate N Lok 1P1 female AMP No 1 480323 0 SOCKET, for 1P1 No 22 18 wire size, for MateN Lok connectors AMP No 61314 4 SOCKET for 1P1 No 18-14 wire size for MateN Lok connectors AMPNo 611174 PLUG Mate N Lok 1P11 male AMP No 1-480324 0 PIN for 1P11 No 22 18 wire size for Mate N Lok connectors AMPNo 61116-4 PIN for 1P11 No 18-14 wire size for MateN Lok connectors AMP No 61118-4 PLATE Mounting for 1P1 thru 1P9 HARNESS ASSEMBLY (Mist Gray) includes same items as 17A except PLATE, mounting for 1 P1 ttuu 1 P9

STANDOFF (Oyster Gray) STANDOFF (Mist Gray) PUSH MOUM, Pandurt No PM2H25M

ROD

STRAP, T&B Ty-Rw N O N-23-M GROMMET STRIP, PiPCat N O 122-"-1500

9-2 1

- - - - - ------ - - - - - - - - GENERAL ELECTRIC MEDICAL SYSTEMS SENTRY THREE AUTOMATIC COLL IMATO~

f

7 1375 RENEWAL PARTS SM D5303CA

ELECTRONICS PACKAGE - CIRCUIT BOARD BOX ASSEMBLY, 4817704561 a 6 11 6 1 2

7

8

9

10

9 0 1 6 5

1

\

4

11 \ - I

6

12

12

21286 P10

21287 P10

13 6

9 22

__- ---- - ---.. - -_- _--- i GENERAL ELECTRIC MEDICAL SYSTEMS SENTRY THREE AUTOMATIC COLLIMATOR a 578 RENEWAL PARTS SM D5303C L

ELECTRONICS PACKAGE - CIRCUIT BOARD BOX ASSEMBLY, 4617704561

ITEM CATALOG NO DESCRl PTI ON

1 46-177042G1 BOX includes 46-1 6361 2P1 LATCHPLATE 46-1 6361 3P1 LATCH PIN

2 48279 STANDOFF H H Smith No 2322 3 13800 BUMPER Atlantic No 827 S 120

4

5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

46-136316P23

46- 13631 6P24

46-158682P1 46-158681P6 05889 46-177081 P2 18717 46-1 58906P1 46-158905P1 46-1 58905P2 46- 158906P2 46-1 77081 P1 46-178583P1 48810

I CONNECTOR BLOCK 1515 male 50 position loaded with termi point posts AMP No 205630-1 CONNECTOR BLOCK 1J16 female 50 position loaded with termi point posts AMP No 205608-1 BUS BAR 1W13 and 1W14 30 position AMP No 116567 1 CIRCUIT CARD CONNECTOR 22 position AMP No 4 67031 7 9 used CLIP used to attach wires to termi posts AMP No 67199 2 PIVOT BAR CLAMP T A Mfg Corp No TA713D07 GUIDE PIN male JACKSCREW fixed male JACKSCREW fixed female GUIDE PIN female PIVOT BAR BRACKET Connector Mounting CARD GUIDE Nat Metalcrafters No 10014 2 20 used

9-23


REV 14 SM D5303C

ELECTRONICS PACKAGE - RELAY INTERFACE CI RCUlT BOARD CARD A2 46-188522G1

COMPONENT NO

R5 072835546277 83 84 100 C8 29,36 63 CR9 30 37 50,64 74 788788,90 91 92 94 95 97 CR12 33 40 67 CR13 42 45 47 48 52 70 71,82 102 103 C14 41 68 69 R15 44 C17 22 K18 19 21 R20A, 49A R20B,49B K23 R24 99 c25 K26 R43 72 R46A R46B 057 60 R58 R73 R75 DS80 -

CATALOG NO

77326 46-1 3621 6P1

54328 46-1 3631 4P1

75123 46-136241Pl

46-1 36227PlO 492 14 53466 46-1 5861 3P1 77 190 46-1 36207P243 46-1 5861 3P9 76675 5431 6 46-1 421 42P5 1 4 6 9 77 189 46-1 36207P242 481 91 48349 77954 46207 19287 46-188523Pl 71925 46-1 33286P2

DESCR I PTlON

RESISTOR 150-ohm 1/2w 5% TRANSISTOR 2N3417 Si NPN

CAPACITOR 05mfd 1Ov DIODE IN4148

ZENER DIODE IN702A 2 6 v 1/4 w 5% DIODE IN5059

CAPACITOR 25mfd 50v RESISTOR 1/2ohm 5 w 1% CAPACITOR 1 mfd 50v RELAY 12 vdc RESISTOR, 220-ohm, 1/2-w, 5% (On Board Version GI-A) RESISTOR, 560 ohm, 1/2-w, 5% (On Board Version G1-B thru Z) RELAY RESISTOR 560ohm 1/2w 5% CAPACITOR 1 mfd 400v RELAY RESISTOR 22ohm 2 w 5% RESISTOR, 120-ohm, V2-w. 5% (On Board Version G1-A) RESISTOR, 510 ohm, 1/2-w, 5% (On Board Version G1-B thru Z) TRANSISTOR 2N5367 RESISTOR 11Kohm 1/2w 5% RESISTOR 47ohm 2 w 5% RESISTOR 82ohm 2 w 5% LED Dialco Diode-Lite No 547 2007 5-v 3 ma CIRCUIT BOARD less components EJECTOR ScanbeNo 200 plain 1 used EJECTOR mth 2 marking 1 used

NOTE All resistors not listed are 1/4-w 5% See schematic for values

9-24

b


ELECTRONICS PACKAGE - POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT BOARD CARD A3,46-18852861

COMPONENT NO CATALOG NO DESCRIPTION

c5 C7 15 C8 27 40 R9 10 C12 28 C13 44 C14 17 C16 34 C18 AR19

CR20 CR21 AR22

AR24 CR25 R26 C29

C38 CR39 R45 R50

46-1 36227P7 46659 55387 48999 46-1 36226P14 55409 47475 46-1 36227P8 46- 1 36226P 1 2 1 46-1 36287P2

46-1 36314P1 46-1 36241 P1 46-1 36284P2

461 36326P9 751 43 771 95 46-1 36226P16 46-1 36326P12 54398 85752 46-1 36226P7 48998 46-1 36299P3 46435 46-1 88529P1 46168375Pl 71 925 46-1 33286P3

CAPACITOR 10-mfd 50-vdc CAPACITOR, 33 mfd 50 v CAPACITOR 01 mfd 50-v RESISTOR 906-ohm 1/2 w 1% CAPACITOR 0082 mfd 100-v CAPACITOR 100 mfd 25v CAPACITOR 100 mfd 35 v CAPACITOR 15 mfd 50 vdc CAPACITOR 18 mM, 10Gv INTEGRATED CIRCUIT 747 Dual Op amp TO 116 Dual in Line Package DIODE 1N4148 DIODE 1N5059 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT 723C Voltage Regulator TO 116 Dual in Line Package INTEGRATED CIRCUIT 5 v Voltage Regulator TO 200 ZENER DIODE 1N935 9 v 5% 1/2w RESISTOR 470ohm 1/2w 5% CAPACITOR 03Smfd 100-v INTEGRATED CIRCUIT 15 v Voltage Regulator TO 200 TRANSISTOR 2N6103 Si NPN TRANSISTOR 2N3415 CAPACITOR 1 mfd 1OOv ZENER DIODE 1N5240 10-v 20% 1/2w POTENTIOMETER, 1 K ohm 3/4 w 10% RESISTOR, 20-ohm 5 114 w 5% CIRCUIT BOARD less components HEATSINK for AR24 and AR32 EJECTOR ScanbeNo 200 plain 1 used EJECTOR with '3 marking 1 used

NOTE All resistors not listed are 1/4-w 5% See schematic for values

925

e - - i


7 1375 RENEWAL PARTS SM D5303C

ELECTRONICS PACKAGE - SIGNAL INTERFACE CIRCUIT BOARD CARD A4 46168998Gl


' A B C D

JB143 -

751 23 46-1 3621 6P1 54328 46- 1 3631 4P 1 46-1 7021 6P9 46-1 7021 6P1 46-1 68999P1 71925 46-1 33286P4

ZENER DIODE 1N702A 2 6 v 5% 114 w 20 used TRANSISTOR 2N3417 20 used CAPACITOR 05mfd 1 O v 20used DIODE 1N4148 20used JUMPER BAR SOCKET for jumper bar 2 used CIRCUIT BOARD less components EJECTOR ScanbeNo 200 plain 1 used EJECTOR with ' 4 marking 1 used

NOTE All resistors are 1/8 or 1/4-w 5% See schematic for values

A CR6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 126 128 130 132 134 136 138 140 142 145

B 025 29 33 37 41 45 49 53 57 61 85 89 93 97 101 105 109 113 117 121

C C26 30 34 38 42 46 50 54 58 62 86 90 94 98 102 106 110 114 118 122

D CR27 31 35 39 43 47 51 55 59 63 87 91 95 99 103 107 111 115 119 123

9 26

--__T--- - --_--- GE~KAC ELECTR FMZDIZLXYZTEM s SENTRY THREE AUTOMATIC COLLIMATOR'

SM 0530% e - - - - RENEWAL PARTS ------- - 0 ,7-1375

-I - ELECTRONICS PACKAGE - COMBINATIONAL LOGIC CIRCUIT BOARD CARD A5 4618853201


c2 23 9 15 23 27 42 C6 18 31 37 Z7 19 32 38 28 22 24 25 43 210 14 26 C17 20 30 33 36 39 S28 24 1 JB1 2 3 4

47475 46 136290P2 52884 46-1 36327P23 46 136290P6 46-1 36290P3 46-1 54605P1 52870 46-1 36291 P7 46-1 7021 6P9 46170216P1 46-1 88533P1 71 925 46-1 33286P5

CAPACITOR 100 mfd 35 v INTEGRATED CIRCUIT DTL Quad 2 Input NAND CAPACITOR 1 mfd 50 v INTEGRATED CIRCUIT NE 555 Timer INTEGRATED CIRCUIT DTL Hex Inverter INTEGRATED CIRCUIT DTL Triple 3 Input NAND CAPACITOR 01 mfd 25v SWITCH Grayhtll No 39 204R INTEGRATED CIRCUIT l T L Quad 2 Input NOR JUMPER BAR SOCKET for jumper bar 24 used CIRCUIT BOARD less components EJECTOR Scanbe No 200 plain 1 used EJECTOR with 5 marking 1 used

NOTE All Resistors are 114 w 5% See schematic for values

927


REV 9


ELECTRONICS PACKAGE - SERVO CIRCUIT BOARD CARD A6 - TRANSVERSE CARD A8 - LONGITUDINAL 46-188526G1.

COMPONENT NO

R5 6 12 31 52 66 68 86 R7 R8 AR11 22

C13 72 87 92 Q14 CR15 19 20 23 24 32 79 81 83 96 R16 R18,21 40,42 R25 R26 R27 50 R28 63 Q29 Q30 Q35 R41 57 25 1 C55 56 80 102 Q64 Q65 c74 Q82 285 R88 R89 R90 CR91 93 098 01 00 -

CATALOG NO

78678

46-1 36335P84 46-1 36335P64 46-1 36287P2

46-1 54605P1 46-1 3621 6P1 4 6 1 3631 4P 1

7681 4 79291 77348 76788 45107 76553 56781 54398 85752 45049 46-1 36290P2 46-1 36346P3 56782 54399 46-1 36280P31 481 91 46-1 36327P56 46-1 36299P7 46-1 36299P9 46-1 36299P5 75 123 48673 85731 46-1 77048P1 461 88527P1 71 925

DESCRIPTION

RESISTOR 10Kohm 118w 1%

RESISTOR 169Kohm 118-w 1% RESISTOR, 67 4Kohm 1/8 w 1% INTEGRATED CIRCUIT 747C Dual Op amp TO 116 Dual in Line Package CAPACITOR 01 mfd 25v TRANSISTOR 2N3417 DIODE lN4148

RESISTOR 6809hm 1/2w 5% RESISTOR, loOKohm, 1/8w, 1% RESISTOR 22Kohm 112-w 5% RESISTOR 47ohm 112w 5% RESISTOR 2ohm 5 w 1% RESISTOR 560ohm 1 w 5% TRANSISTOR MJE 700 Darlington TRANSISTOR 2N6 103 TRANSISTOR 2N3415 RESISTOR 2Kohm 1/8w 1% INTEGRATED CIRCUIT DTL Quad 2 Input NAND CAPACITOR 10-mfd 35v TRANSISTOR MJE 800 Darlington TRANSISTOR 2N6111 CAPACITOR 100 pfd 500-v 5% TRANSISTOR 2N5367 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT FET Analog Switch POTENTIOMETER 2OKohm 314 w 10% POTENTIOMETER 100Kohm 3/4 w 10% POTENTIOMETER 5Kohm 314 w 10% ZENER DIODE 1N702A 26-v 5% 114 w TRANSISTOR 2N5308 TR ANSISTO R 2N3906 HEATSINK 1 used for Q30 and Q65 CIRCUIT BOARD less components EJECTOR ScanbeNo 200 plain 2used

NOTE All resistors not listed are 1/4-w, 5% See schematic for values

'THIS BOARD DIRECTLY REPLACED BY 46-188714G1 (SEE PAGE 9-52)

CopyngM @ 1986 by General Electnc Co 9-28



c5 CR6 7 8 10 11 12 31 55 57,86 29 44 59 R13 14 15 17 AR16 36 65 75

cia 19 32 62 76 c20 4a 72 221 222 R23 %,26 3!5,4!3 51 67,73,107 AR27

0.29 R30 252 69

R89 91 93 95 97 99 101 102 103 a1 04

Dsaa 90 92 94 96 98

R108 - e - -

46-1 36280~35 46-136314P1

46-1 36291 P63 79291 46-1 36287~2

46-1 54605P1 46-1 36346P3 461 36290P2 46-1 36290P6 78678

46-1 56741 P3

481 91 771 94 46-1 36327P56 19287 46-1 36299P3

46-1 3621 6P1 46-1 36299P5

71925 46-188531 PI

46-1 33286~9

CAPACITOR 470 pfd DIODE 1N4148

INTEGRATED CIRCUIT l T L Hex Buffer RESISTOR 100Kohm 1/8w 1% INTEGRATED CIRCUIT 747C Dual Op amp TO 116 Dual in Line Package CAPACITOR 01 mfd 25v CAPACITOR 10mfd 35v INTEGRATED CIRCUIT DTL Quad 2 Input NAND INTEGRATED CIRCUIT DTL Hex Inverter RESISTOR 10Kshm 1/8w 1%

INTEGRATED CIRCUIT 741C Op amp TO 116 Dual in Line Package TRANSISTOR 2N5367 RESISTOR 510ohm 1/2 w 5% INTEGRATED CIRCUIT FET Analog Switch LED Dialco Diode Lite No 547 2007 5 v 3 ma POTENTIOMETER 1 K ohm 3/4 w 10%

TRANSISTOR 2N3417 POTENTIOMETER 5K ohm 3/4 w 10% CIRCUIT BOARD less components EJECTOR ScanbeNo 200 plain 1 used EJECTOR with 9 marking 1 used

NOTE All resistors not listed are 1/4 w 5% See schematic for values

929


SM D5303C - RENEWAL PARTS -- 7-1 375

ELECTRONICS PACKAGE - AUTO LIMIT CIRCUIT BOARD CARD A10 46188524G1

COMPONENT NO

c 2 3 CR4 29 43 60 61 76 77 78 79 87 26 R8 33 R9 12thru 17 34 AR11 21 62 64 69,80

C18 45 C19 20 46 50 90 96 224 26 C30 232 235 57 R37 38 39 41 42 56 58 59 c53 274 275 R88 94 R89 91 95 97 JB7 -

CATALOG NO

52466 46- 1 3631 4P 1

461 36290P2 48603 79291 46-1 36287P2

46-1 36346P3 46-1 54605P1 46-1 36327P65 53466 48075 46-1 36327P56 78678

46-1 36226P128 46-1 3629 1 P 1 8 46-1 36290P8 461 36299P6 46 136299P5 46-1 7021 6P9 46-1 7021 6P1 46-188525P1 71925 46-1 3386P10

DESCRIPTION

CAPACITOR 10mfd 20v DIODE 1N4148

INTEGRATED CIRCUIT DTL Quad 2 Input NAND RESISTOR 9 76K ohm l/&w 1% RESISTOR 100Kohm 1/8w 1% INTEGRATED CIRCUIT 747C Dual Op amp TO 116 Dual in Line Package CAPACITOR 10mfd 35v CAPACITOR 01 mfd 25v INTEGRATED CIRCUIT FET Analog Switch CAPACITOR 1 mfd 50-v INTEGRATED CIRCUIT DTL Hex Inverter INTEGRATED CIRCUIT FET Analog Switch RESISTOR 10K-ohm 1/8w 1%

CAPACITOR 027 mfd 100 v INTEGRATED CIRCUIT TTL Monostable Multivibrator INTEGRATED CIRCUIT DTL RS Flip-Flop POTENTIOMETER 10Kohm 3/4 w 10% POTENTIOMETER 5Kohm 3/4-w 10% JUMPER BAR SOCKET for jumper bar 2 used CI RCUlT BOARD less components EJECTOR ScanbeNo 200 plain 1 used EJECTOR with 10 marking 1 used

NOTE All resistors not listed are 1b-w 5% See schematic for values

9 30

- . 7

[GENERAL ELECTRIC MEDICAL SYSTEMS SENTRY THREE AUTOMATIC COLLIMATOR 0 7-1375 RENEWAL -- PARTS SM D5303Cf

ELECTRONICS PACKAGE - REFERENCE VOLTAGE AND QUANTAMAT CIRCUIT BOARD CARD A l l , 46188520G1

COMPONENT NO

C5 47 48 73 Q6 R7 69 C8 9 C10 11 16 82 85 R12 13 AR15

Q22 36 46 72 CR28 29 32 33 38 39 40 54 55 60 61 89 AR41 53 59 71 87 90

AR49

R64 65 R66 67 R80 R99 101 103 106 109 112 115 R118 121 m r -

CATALOG NO

46-1 36280P31 481 91 76858 461 36346P3 46-1 54605P1 77163 46 1 5674 1 P2

46-1 3621 6P1 46-136314P1

46-1 36287P2

46-1 36284P2

771 62 13660 14068 46-1 36299P6

46-1 36299P5 46-1 88521 P1 71925 46 133286P11

DESCRIPTION

CAPACITOR 100 pfd 500-v TRANSISTOR 2N5367 RESISTOR 220ohm 1 w 5% CAPACITOR 10 mfd 35 v CAPACITOR 01 mfd 25v RESISTOR 10K ohm 1/2 w, 5% INTEGRATED CIRCUIT 741C Op amp TO 116 Dual in Line package TRANSISTOR 2N3417 DIODE 1N4148

INTEGRATED CIRCUIT 747C Dual Op amp TO 116 Dual in Line Package INTEGRATED CIRCUIT 723C Voltage Regulator TO 116 Dual in Line Package RESISTOR 20Kohm 1/2w 1% RESISTOR 15K ohm 1/2 w 1% RESISTOR, 270-ohm 1 w 5% POTENTIOMETER 10K ohm 3/4 w 10%

POTENTIOMETER 5K ohm 3/4 w 10% CI RCUlT BOARD less components EJECTOR Scanbe No 200 plain 1 used EJECTOR with 11 marking 1 used

NOTE All resistors not listed are 1/4 w 5% See schematic for values

9 31

GENERAL ELECTRIC MEDICAL SYSTEMS SENTRY THREE AUTOMATIC COLLIMATOR ~ ~~ ~~

REV 8 SM D5303C-S

WALL BOX ADAPTING PARTS FOR ELECTRONICS PACKAGE FOR 80 TUBE STAND, 46-17214661 (PART OF D5303DA)

5

12

11

10 9

8

7

6

Copyright @ 1985 by General Electnc Co 9 32


REV 8 SM D5303C-S

WALL BOX ADAPTING PARTS FOR ELECTRONICS PACKAGE FOR 80 TUBE STAND 46-17214661 (PART OF D5303DA)

ITEM NO NAME PART NO

1 PLATE ASM 461 77 1746 1

3 STAN DOFF 1001 881 P10 1 4 BUSHING 15 1570

2 BRACKET 46- 1771 69P1

5 BRACKET 46- 1 77 1 68P1

6 MARKER STRIP 403B320P86 7 TERMINAL STRIP 403B335P13 8 HARNESS ASM 46-1 77 1656 1

9 CLAMP 46-2087 18P4

10 CLAMP 46- 177 170P1

11 SPACER 46- 1 77 1 7 1 P1 12 NYLON STRIP 02229 13 BUMPER 66-649 14 COVER 46- 1 77 1 72P1

l S ( 1 ) CABLE CABLE LABEL SET

@ 16(1) 17(1) 18(1) RELAY

46- 16869 1 G 1 46-1 7879362 46-220293P1 46- 142840P5

19(’) CABLE 46- 1787956 1

20(1) CABLE 46 17716461 21A(1) VERTICAL POT ASM 46- 1720626 1

21B(1) POTENTIOMETER 46- 1651 35P1 21C(1) CABLE 46-17336463

(1) Not identified in view

DESCRIPTION

2 used 2 used

AlTS2 A l J l , AlJ2, A1J3 and AlTSl t o 1P6 and 1P8 (includes connector mounti ng bracket

T A M f g Corp No TA713D7 46- 1 77 161 P1)

2 used Specify length Mounted t o plate For wall box

Wall box t o x-ray control See Page 9-44 Servo t o collimator see Page 9-44 1-20 24VDC installed in generator for use wi th Ordograph Control (P2) to table See Page 9-44

Wall box (Jl) t o generator See Page 9-44 lncludesltem 21B, ZlC(1ocated intubestand vertical column) 5K 2 5W (part o f Item 21A) Part of Item 21A See Page 9-44

CopyrightO 1985 by General Electric CO 9-33A

I

--

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS

REV 18



WALL BOX ADAPTING PARTS FOR ELECTRONICS PACKAGE FOR XT HANGER, 46-1 761 3261, (OYSTER GRAY) (D5053DD, D5303DD) WALL BOX ADAPTING PARTS FOR ELECTRONICS PACKAGE FOR XT HANGER, 46-17613262, (MIST GRAY) (D5306DD) WALL BOX ADAPTING PARTS FOR ELECTRONICS PACKAGE FOR XT HANGER, 46-1 761 3263, (MIST GRAY) (D5306DE)

5

'* \ 1 ' 1 10 - 9-

8'

7'

6 / 20688 024

4 3 2 1

j /14

9-338

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS

REV 18


DIRECTION 46-00141 4 (SM D5303C)

0 WALL BOX ADAPTING PARTS FOR ELECTRONICS PACKAGE FOR XT HANGER, 46-1 761 32G1, (OYSTER GRAY) (D5053DD, D5303DD) WALL BOX ADAPTING PARTS FOR ELECTRONICS PACKAGE FOR XT HANGER, 46-1 761 3262, (MIST GRAY) (D5306DD) WALL BOX ADAPTING PARTS FOR ELECTRONICS PACKAGE FOR XT HANGER, 46-1 761 3263, (MIST GRAY) (D5306DE)

ITEM NO NAME PART NO DESCRIPTION

8B 8C 9 10

@ ::

PLATE ASSEMBLY PLATE ASSEMBLY BRACKET BRACKET STANDOFF BUSHING BRACKET MARKER STRIP TERMINAL STRIP HARNESS

FUSE HOLDER FUSE CLAMP CLAMP SPACER NYLON STRIP BUMPER COVER COVER LABEL SET CABLE CABLE

21 (1) (4) CABLE

23A (1) (2) BRACKET 238 (1) (3) BRACKET

(1) NOT IDENTIFIED IN VIEW (2) PART OF 46-1 761 32G1 ONLY (3) PART OF 46-176132G2 G3 ONLY (4) PART OF 46-176132G1 G2 ONLY

46-1 76024G1 46-1 76024G2 46-1 771 69P1 46-1 771 69P2 1001 881 P101 15-1 570 46-1 771 68P1 403B320P4 403B335P1 46-176131G1

13248 12728 46-20871 6P1 46- 1771 70P1 46-177171P1 46- 1 6906OP13 66-649 46- 1771 72P2 46-177172P3 46-220293P1 46- 1 787956 1 46-1 771 64G1

46-1 7703363

46- 177294P1 46- 177294P2

2 USED 2 USED

A1 TS2 A l J l A1J2 A1J3 AND AlTS2 TO 1P6 1P8 1F1 AND 1F2 (INCLUDES CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET 46-1 76022P1) BUSSMANN TYPE HKP-HH 5A 250V LITTLEFUSE 314005 (F1 F2) T A MFG CORP #TA514D-5-10

2 USED SPECIFY LENGTH MOUNTED TO PLATE FOR WALL BOX FOR WALL BOX 1-20 CONTROL (P2) TO TABLE SEE PAGE 9-44 WALL BOX (Jl) TO GENERATOR SEE PAGE 9-44 DETENT 46 Ff LG WITH 14 PIN CONNECTOR (46-1 58683P5) INBOARD SWITCH MOUNTING INBOARD SWITCH MOUNTING

9-33c

- - _ r _ _ _ - .

[GENERAL ELECTRIC MEDICAL SYSTEMS I

CASSElTE SIZE SENSING TRAY AND BUCKY ADAPTING PARTS

OPTIONAL BUCKY PHOTOTIYER D E T E C T O R

1

21835Dl0

l l e

1 I d

1 I C

1 i f 1'1 a l l b 20275-Dl 0

934


REV 14

CASSETTE SIZE SENSING TRAY AND BUCKY ADAPTING PARTS

ITEM NO

1A l B 1c 2 3

4 5 6 7

- 8 9

10

11 1 l a l l b

I C

I d

PART NO

T3488B D5303HG C2662FE 46- 1 58967P 1 46- 16543 1 P1

18716 46- 1 65433P 1 46-1 65432Pl 1 00 1 881 P43

LF225101 LF102L646 LF102L565 LF102L543

- LF225214 LF 102L633 LF2252 1 2

LF225222 LF2252 16 LF225267

1 l e LF225217 1 I f LF102L567 12 LF 102L649

SM D5303C

DESCRIPTION

CASSETTE SIZE SENSING TRAY, see Page 9-37 CASSETTE SIZE SENSING TRAY, (Model 46-262555Pl) See SM D5303HG NON-CASSETTE SIZE SENSING TRAY, (Model 46-262555P2) See SM D5303HG CASSETTE SIZE SENSING CABLE, 7 Conductor, shieldedspecify length OFFSET BRACKETS, used only if phototimer detector is present

CABLE CLAMP, T A Mfg Corp No TA713D06 COVER INSULATION STANDOFF

LIEBEL-FLARSHEIM BUCKY CONVERSION KIT, consisting of TERMINALSTRIP, 12TS2, Cinch Mfg Co No 353-1 1-08-001 MARKER STRIP for 12TS2 SNAP BUSHING, Heyco No 58-375-4

BACKPLATE ASSEMBLY, consisting of BRACKET PIN AND PAD SPACER

HARNESS ASSEMBLY, includes RECEPTACLE 12P1, female, 8 position (includes bracket and guide pins) RECETACLE ONLY NOTE THIS MUST BE AN EXACT REPLACEMENT- ANOTHER TYPE

RECEPTACLE CANNOT BE USED

BARRIER SHOULDERSCREW, 8-32-UNC x 114" (6 35mm) STIFFENER PLATE

*NOTE THE LEllERS LF APPEAR BEFORE UEBEL-FLARSHEIM PART NUMBERS TO DIFFERENTIATE THEM FROM OTHERS IN THE RENEWAL PARTS LISTING THESE PARTS TO BE ORDERED FROM G E

9-35


a SM D5303C 4-183

CASSETTE SIZE SENSING TRAY 3 2

0 U

i"

/'*

I_ "D"

4

i

' A'

- 11

9 1 9

18215 D32

936


1-2784

0 CASSETTE SIZE SENSING TRAY

ITEM PART NO

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12A' 128 12c 13"

T3488B

LF225246 LF 102L0637 LF102L534 LF46L416 LF102L657 LF102L590 LF102LO622 LF102L584 LF225238 LF46L453 LF46L451 LF225800 LF225624 LF225788 46-194839P1

SM D5303C

DESCRIPTION

CASSETTE SIZE SENSING TRAY (LF 225004) (46-169362P1 D5303BC)

TRAY BODY ASSEMBLY COVER Mechanism Chamber CLAMP Rear Cassette PAD Compression 4 used PAD Plastic CHANNEL CLAMP Front Cassette HANDLE Locking HANDLE Bail Type BEARING ASSEMBLY PAD SUPPORT BLOCK KIT includes 128 C SUPPORT BLOCK DECALS Package of 10 WIRING EXTENDER TOOL for cassette tray calibration

SECTION A A SECTION B B SECTION C C SECTION D D

SEE PAGES 9 38 AND 9 39 SEE PAGES 9-40 AND 9 41 SEE PAGES 9-40 AND 9-41 SEE PAGES 9 40 THRU 9 43

NOTE THE LETTERS LF APPEAR BEFORE LIEBEL FLARSHEIM PART NUMBERS TO DIFFERENTIATE THEM FROM OTHERS IN THE RENEWAL PARTS LISTING THESE PARTS TO BE ORDERED FROM G E

See Service Note 2767 Not Identified in View

9-37

__/__-cc ~ - ) - - . c - o - - - 3 - - - T - c - - - - - FERAL ELECTRIC MEDICAL SYSTEMS SENTRY THREE AUTOMATIC COLLIMATOR

'7 L - 137J - -- RENEWAL PARTS. - SMDS3034 0 CASSETTE SIZE SENSING TRAY (CONT D)

14 15

14 15

17 o

20

14 15

-1 fr

/

/13

Y1

'22

SECTION "A-A' 183 13-D20

9 38

_ _ 1 - w- GENERAL ELECTRIC MEDICAL SYSTEMS SENTRY THREE AUTOMATIC COLLIMATOR @ - 2-578 RENEWAL PARTS SM D5303C

CASSElTE SIZE SENSING TRAY (CONT'D)

ITEM CATALOG NO

12 LF 1 02 LO628 13 LF 102 LO627 14 LF 102L532 15 LF102L533 16 LF 102L0606 17 LF 102L605 18 LF102L660

19 20 21 22 23

LF102L510 LF102LO629 LF102L509 LF102L570 LF102LO626

DESCRIPTION

RACK ASSEMBLY BAR ASSEMBLY Short PAD Plastic 12 used SPACER Plastic 12 used TRAY BOTTOM ASSEMBLY SHIM SHIM

NOTE ITEM NOS 17 & 18 USED AS NECESSARY TO ELIMINATE PLAY

GUIDE BAR Plastic RACK ASSEMBLY GUIDE BAR Plastic PAD Plastic BAR ASSEMBLY Long

NOTE THE LElTERS LF APPEAR BEFORE LIEBEL FLARSHEIM PART NUMBERS TO DIFFERENTIATE THEM FROM OTHERS IN THE RENEWAL PARTS LISTING THESE PARTS TO BE ORDERED FROM G E

9 39 I


17-1 375 RENEWAL PARTS SM D5303C - - - - . - - . . - - - I - - -

CASSETTE SIZE SENSING TRAY (CONT D) (UNDERN@

17462 D21

8 29 28 27 26 25 24 7 4

30

31

3i 33 23 1

1831 5 - D 1 0 SECTION "BB

4 34 37 36 35 34 3

1831 6 - D 1 0 1 I3 SECTION "CC'

- -- GENERAL ELECTRIC MEDICAL SYSTEMS SENTRY THREE AUTOMATIC COLLIMATOR

2-578 RENEWAL PARTS SM D5303C -

CASSETTE SIZE SENSING TRAY (CONT D)

ITEM CATALOG NO

24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42

LF102L589 LF102L581 LF102L588 LF102L599 LF 102L601 LF102L586 LF102 L587 LF102L580 LF102L600 LF 1 02L0621 LF102L535 LF102L0619 LF 102L243 LF225207 LF102L667 LF102L515 LF102LO620 LF102L544 LF225202

DESCR I PTlON

PIN LINK PIN SET SCREW ADJUSTMENT SCREW PIN ADJUSTING BLOCK BASE SPRING LINK AND BAR ASSEMBLY PAD Plastic CABLE AND PULLEY ASSEMBLY RETAINING RING STUD SPRING NUT BAR CABLE ASSEMBLY BRACKET Potentiometer Mounting SUPPORT

NOTE THE LETTERS LF APPEAR BEFORE LIEBEL FLARSHEIM PART NUMBERS TO DIFFERENTIATE THEM FROM OTHERS IN THE RENEWAL PARTS LISTING THESE PARTS TO BE ORDERED FROM G E

9-41

- - - - ---- - - _--- - - - ------- ..- - - - - --- -- ~ ---- SENTRY THREE AUTOMATIC COLLIMATOR

- , SM 0 5 3 0 3 0 GENERAL ELECTRIC MEDICAL SYSTEMS

- -LA RENEWAL PARTS

- - - * - - L A

CASSETTE SIZE SENSING TRAY (CONT D) (UNDERNEATH) 41 (UNDERNEATH)

54 45 53 52 51 50 49 39 48 47 46 36 45 43 42 39 38

55 45 56 57 58 1 59 35 44 40 SECTION "D-D

30

8 \

, 27 22 23 1 ~~

J L J J

1831 5-D10 SECTION "BB"

1831 6 - D l O 1 13

SECTION "CC'

17462 021

9-42

I

r- ,- 8 GENERAL ELECTRIC MEDICAL SYSTEMS SENTRY THREE AUTOMATIC COLLIMATOR

2-578 RENEWAL PARTS SM D5303C

CASSETTE SIZE SENSING TRAY (CONT'D)

ITEM CATALOG NO

43 LF102L568 44 LF102L519 45 LF219661 46 LF102L523 47 L F 22 522 3

LF225254

48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59

LF102L610 LF102L668 LF102 L514 LF225239 LF102L609 LF 102L546 LF102L537 LF102LO631 LF102L614 LF225240 LF 102L615 LF102L520 LF 1 02L516 LF215115

DESCRIPTION

GEAR BAR R l ER RETAINING RING PULLEY HARNESS ASSEMBLY includes PLUG 12P1, male 8 position (includes bracket and bushings for guide pins)

NOTE THIS MUST BE AN EXACT REPLACEMENT ANOTHER TYPE PLUG CANNOT BE USED

POTENTIOMETER 12R1 & 12R2 1K-ohm WITCH 12S1 Microswitch No 31 1SM6 T BRACKET Potentiometer Mounting GEAR BAR R I E R CAM Switch Actuator STOP BLOCK ACTUATOR LEVER ASSEMBLY SPRING SENSING ARM ASSEMBLY SPRING 2used BARRIER 2used NUT BAR HARNESSSTRAP

NOTE THE LETTERS LF APPEAR BEFORE LIEBEL FLARSHEIM PART NUMBERS TO DIFFERENTIATE THEM FROM OTHERS IN THE RENEWAL PARTS LISTING THESE PARTS TO BE ORDERED HIOM G E

943


REV 9

INTERCONNECTING CABLES

PART NO

46-1 7879561 46-1 78789P1

46-1 6537961

46-17882461 46-1 78789P1

1005200P18

46-1 653626 1 46-1 58967Pl

46-1 7336461 46-1 7336462 46-1 7336463

4451 8

46-16548461 461 6548361 46-16528661 46-17716561

46-1 68691 61 1005200P3

46-1 7879361 46-1 7879261 46-1 7879362

46-1 77608PJ

46-1 6942261

46-1771 6461 1005200P79

46-163955P1

46-1 77033G1 461 7703362 46-17214861

46-1 58967P1

4 6 1 665386 1

1005200P3

461 6548261 4616558661 46-1 6653961 46-9000076 1

46166002G1 46-17703661

46-1 58967P1

DESCR I PTl ON

CABLE 1 P2 to x ray table 12-conductor 70 ft long RAW CABLE 12 conductor shielded No 20 specify length

CABLE 1 P3 to Vert Bucky Stand 12 conductor 70 ft long RAW CABLE 12conductor shielded No 20 specify length CABLE 1P3 to Fixed 14 x 17 Chest Unit 4-conductor 60 ft long RAW CABLE Il-conductor No 18 specify length

CABLE 1P4 to Ordo I1 (20P4) 7 conductor 45 ft long RAW CABLE 7conductor shielded No 20 specify length

CABLE 1 P5 to Height Pot used with 65 Tube Stand CABLE, 1P5 to Height Pot used with 484 and 48 5 Tube Hangers CABLE 1 P5 to Height Pot used with 80 Tube Stand RAW CABLE Belden No 8434 4conductor specfi length

CABLE 1P6 to Tube Hanger Vertical Column used with 484 and 48 5 Tube Hangers CAB LE EXTENSION, used with 48-4 Tube Hangers [7"(177 8mm) long] CABLE EXTENSION used with 48 5 Tube Hangers HARNESS ASSEMBLY 1P6 & 1P8 to Wall Box Terminal Strip (AlTS2) and Plugs (A1 J1 A1 52 and A1 J3) used with 65 and 80 Tube Stands CABLE Wall Box to X Ray Control Wnductor 30 ft long RAW CABLE 3-conductor No 18 specify length

CABLE SERVO 1 P7 to Collimator 13 5 ft (48-4 and 48 5 Tube Hangers) CABLE EXTENSION used Hnth 48-5 Tube Hanger CABLE SERVO 1P7 to Collimator 46 ft (65 and 80 Tube Stands) RAW CABLE 27conductor shielded No 20 specify length

CABLE 1P8 to X Ray Control 7tonductor 70 ft long RAW CABLE 7 conductor No 20 specify length CABLE A1 J1 to X Ray Control 12ionductor 70 ft long RAW CABLE 12 conductor 3No 16 9 No 20 specify length

CABLE 1P9 to SID switches, used with 48-4 and 48-5 Tube Hangers CABLE 1P9 to SID switches used with 65 Tube Stand CABLE 1P9 to SID switches used with 80 Tube Stand RAW CABLE 7conductor shielded No 20 specify length

CABLE Wall Box to Tube Stand for collimator lamp 3conductor 31 ft long used with 65 Tube Stands RAW CABLE Sconductor No 18 specify length

CABLE Lock 81 Light used with 48-4 Tube Hangers CABLE Lock & Light used with 48 5 Tube Hangers CABLE Lock & Light used with 65 Tube Stands CABLE Lock & Light used with 80 Tube Stands

CABLE Cassette Size Sensing 7conductor 16 f t long used with X Ray tables CABLE Cassette Size Sensing 7ionductor 7 5 ft long used with Vertical Bucky Stand RAW CABLE 7tonductor shielded No 20 specify length

CopyngM @ 1986 by General Electnc Co 9-44

GENERAL ELECTRIC MEDICAL SYSTEMS SENTRY THREE AUTOMATIC COLLIMATOR 7-1 375 - RENEWAL PARTS SM D53036, -- a CONNECTOR ASSEMBLY PARTS

CATALOG NO

461 58683P4 46-1 58683P5 461 58683P2 46-1 58683P3 461 3631 6P7 46-1 3631 6P8

511A590P127 51 lA590P128 a 05889

46158905Pl 46-1 58905P2

46-1 58905P5 46158905P6

DESCR I PTlON

CONNECTOR BLOCK, male 14 position blank CONNECTOR BLOCK female 14 position blank CONNECTOR BLOCK male 26 position blank CONNECTOR BLOCK female 26 position blank CONNECTOR BLOCK male, 15 position blank CONNECTOR BLOCK female 15 position blank

PIN SOCKET

PINS & SOCKETS FOR 46-158683 AND 46-136316 SERIES AMP CONNECTOR BLOCKS MALE & FEMALE

PIN AMP No 660993 SOCKET AMPNo 66101 3 (Items may be used with No 14 thru No 22 wire Use Super Champ' FT tool for crimping Use Part No 46170298P3 Extractor Tool to remove pins and sockets 1

TERM1 POINT WIRING CLIP (slipson post to connect a wire requires T8001AD Termi point Wiring Kit to install clip and to remove it)

JACKSCREW fixed male AMP No 200874 2 JACKSCREW fixed female AMP No 200875 2

JACKSCREW short male AMP No 200868 2 JACKSCREW short female AMP No 200870-2

9-45

BEAM AND WALL TAKE UP PARTS FOR AUTOMATIC COLLIMATOR CABLES - 48-4 AND 48-5 TUBE HANGERS

SECOND BEAM CABLE TAKE UP SYSTEM t

? CARRIAGE AXLES OF 48-4 TUBE HANGER

0 I I

6

2 5’ Lh 2187CbDlO

10

8

9 \

DUAL WALL CABLE TAKE UP SYSTEM

SEE TUBE HANGER RENEWAL PARTS LISTING FOR IDENTIFICATION OF OTHER TAKE UP PARTS

* AUTOMATIC CO LLI M ATOR CABLES

10 2 1878D20

GENERAL ELECTRIC MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIVISION SENTRY THREE AUTOMATIC COLLIMATOR

12-1181 SM D5303C

BEAM AND WALL TAKE Up PARTS FOR AuToMATlC COLLIMATOR CABLES - 484 AND 485 TUBE HANGERS

ITEM CATALOG NO MSCRlPTlON

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 -

46 163602P1 46 163621 P1 4616512opl 4 6 1 661 19p1 4 6 1 65477P1 461- 46144363Gl 46 144307P1 46-146323P1 46146674Pl 46144396Pl 4616556061 304C945P1 1 oOM74p191

SPRING STEEL STRIP (2" x 130 1 TAKE-UP BRACKET used with 484 Hanger TAKE UP BRACKET used wth 485 Hanger TAKE UP BRACKET used wth 485 Hanger PLATE Cable Clamp 2 used CLIP cableretaining lbused WALL TAKE UP BRACKET SUPPORT 2 used SPRING (2-3/4' x 128 ) BEVEL WASHER 4 used CLAMP 2used CLIP ASSEMBLY 13 used CABLE DROP SPACER, 5/8" (15 Smm)OD, 5/8" (15 9mm) LG 2 used when attaching electronics package to the 48 5 Hanger carriage assembly

9-47


4-183

SID INTERLOCK SWITCH ASSEMBLY PARTS 48-4 AND 48-5 TUBE HANGERS

REAR STATIONARY RAIL

MOVABLE BEAM

4

ITEM

6 7

0

CATALOG NO

461 7703 1 P 1 46 177032P1 51891 46 136388P2 46177076Pl

46-1 77076P2 46177076P3 46-173315P1 46-216712P1 46 123421P1 4048 1 76P 1

a SM D5303C

/3

4 1 SEE INTERCONNECTING CABLE LISTING FOR CABLE CATALOG NO

20659-020

DESCRIPTION

MOUNTING BRACKET COVER WITCH Microswitch No BX-2RQlEA2 BUSHING MOUNTING ANGLE for switch actuators 14 4 (4 37 m) long

MOUNTING ANGLE for switch actuators 19 (5 8 m) long MOUNTING ANGLE for switch actuators, 9 -8 ' (2 95 m) long RAMP, 1 1/2' (38 1 mm) long RAMP 17' (431 8 mm) long POINTER attaches to tube hanger end cap MARKER SET complete set of numbers circles and crosses

9-48


SM D5303C

SID INTERLOCK SWITCH ASSEMBLY PARTS NO 65 TUBE STAND

2 8 ’ 6

1

ITEM

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

\ Y \

I

4

CATALOG NO

46-169406P1 46-1 77031 P1 46-177074P1 46- 1770376 1 51891 46-1 36388P2 46-21 671 2P1 46-177038P1 46- 177038P2 461 23421 P l 4048176P1

I 5

END VIEW TUBE STAND UPPER SUPPORT RAIL \ f l I

I SEE INTER CONN ECTl NG CABLE LISTING

CATALOG NO 3 4 5 FOR CABLE

VIEW A A 21871 D10

DESCRIPTION

BRACKET SWITCH MOUNT CDVER ADAPTER WITCH Microswitch No BZ 2RQ18 A2 BUSHING RAMP, 1 1/2” (38 lmm) long RAMP, 17” (431 8mm) long with two countersunk holes RAMP 17 (431 8mm) long with no holes POINTER, attaches to top column MARKER SET complete set of numbers circles and crosses

9-49


SM D5303C-S REV 8

SID INTERLOCK SWITCH ASSEMBLY PARTS, 46.17214461 (PART OF D5303DA) NO 80 TUBE STAND

ITEM NO

1 2 3 4 5

NAME

BRACKET COVER FLOOR PLATE SWITCH RAMP

RAMP WASHER POINTER MARKER SET CABLE

PART NO

46- 172 142P1 46- 1 72 143P1 46- 1721 SOP1 51891 46-2 1671 2P1

46- 177038Pl 17267 46-1 23421 P1 4048 176P1 46-1 721 48G 1

DESCRIPTION

60" long, 2 used Microswitch No B2-2RQlSA2 1-1R" (38 1 mm) long

17" (431 8 mm) long

Attaches to top of column Complete set of numbers, circles and crosses Servo control to connector on vertical column (SID switches) See Page 9-44

(1) Not identified in view

Copyright@ 1985 by General Electric Co 9-50

ORDOGRAPH II INTERFACE PARTS (RELAY ASSEMBLY WHICH MOUNTS IN ORDOGRAPH CONTROL CABINET)

2

ITEM

- 1 2 3 4

5 6

CATALOG NO

46-1 653646 1 46-165366Pl 4 6 1 607 1 OP1 48779 46-1 65367G1 481 58683P4

51 lA590P127 46-158905P1 46-158905P2

3 4 6

DESCRIPTION

RELAY ASSEMBLY consisting of MOUNTING BRACKET RELAY 20K5 120-vac coil 3PDT RBM No 93 201999 23000A SOCKET for relay RBM No 95 153 1 HARNESS ASSEMBLY includes CONNECTOR BLOCK M Series 20P4 male 14 position AMP No 201359 1 PIN for 20P4 AMP No 660993 JACKSCREW fixed male JACKSCREW fixed female

9 51

- -


REV 9

- ELECTRONICS PACKAGE SERVO CIRCUIT - BD CARD A6-TRANSVERSE CARD A8- LONGITUDINAL (46188714GJ lo

COMPONENT NO

R4 5 12 39 48 69 71 73

R6 R7 RE CR9 25

R10 37 A R l l 18 51,56 C13 17 77 90 Q14 CR15 21 22 24

59 91 93 95 96 99

R16 R19 20 23 42 R26 27 28 29 57

60 61 74 75 76 100 103

R30 R32 63

R33 R34 Q36 Q38 R43 55

047 C53 54 92 98 Q64 R65 066

267 R68 87 88 83 270 R78 CR79 80 C86 089 C94 097 R102

CATALOG NO

48136335P130

46- 1 36335P84 46-136335P152 46-13625OP756 46- 136379P 16

45107 46- 136287P2 46- 154605P1 46- 1 3621 6P1 46- 1 3631 4P1

46-1 36207P245 46- 136335P155 46-1 36250P778

46 136207P257 46- 136207P4 1 1

46136207P201 46-13625OP770 56781 54398 46136335P102

85752 46-1 36346P3 56782 46 136250P766 54399

46-1 36290P2 46-1 36250P54 46-1 36327P56 46-1 36299P7 48024 46- 1 54605P 1 0 15564 4 6 1 70087P 10 48673 46- 136299P5 46-1 887 15P1

46- 1 36348P2 46-1 7021 6P1 4 6 17021 6P9 7 1925 46-177048Pl

DESCRl PTI Oh

RESISTOR 12w 10OOK 1%

RESISTOR 12w 169kohm 1% RESISTOR I R C E A T 0 12 w 68 1 k ohm 1% RESISTOR 1 2k ohm DIODE 1N5223 27V 5 w 20%

RESISTOR 5 w 20-ohm 1% INTEG CIRCUIT 747 Dual Op Amp Dip CAPACITOR 01 mfd 2 5V +80-20% TRANSISTOR 2N3417 DIODE 1N4148

A B FIXED COMP 5 w 68Gohm 5% Resistor RESISTOR 12 w lOOk ohm 1% IRC CEATO RESISTOR 10k ohm

A B EB 5 w 2 2k ohm 5% Resistor A B FIXED COMP 1 w 470-ohm 5% Resistor

A B FIXED COMP 5 w 10-ohm 5% Resistor RESISTOR 4 7k ohm TRANSISTOR MJE 700 S14A Darlington TRANSISTOR RCA 2N6103 SIL NPN RESISTOR IRCCEATO 12w 2kohm 1%

TRANSIS;TOR 2N3415 CAPACITOR 10-mf 35v 20% TRANSISTOR MJE800 S14A Darlington RESISTOR 3 3k ohm TRANSISTOR RCA 2N6111 SIL PNP

INTEG CIRCUIT DTL Gate 4-2 NAND 946 RESISTOR 1 k-ohm INTEG CIRCUIT FET Switch POTENTIOMETER 75 w 20k ohm 10% DIODE 1N5236 7 5 v I w 20% CAPACITOR 1000-pf 500V 5% TRANSISTOR D39C3 CAPACITOR 2mfd 50-v TRANSISTOR 2N 5308 POTENTIOMETER 75w 5kohm 10% BOARD less components

TERMINAL 2 used SOCKET Avgat LSG 1DG4-1 3 used SOCKET 1 used EJECTOR ScanbeNo 200 2used HEATSINK 1 used

NOTE All resistors not listed are 1/4W 5% See schematic for values *THIS BOARD DIRECTLY REPLACES 4818852661

SM D5303C

Copynght @ 1986 by General Elednc Co 952

GENERAL ELECTRIC MEDICAL SYSTEMS SENTRY THREE AUTOMATIC COLLIMATOR ~

REV 9 SM D5303C

t

CHAPTER 10 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SECT ION TITLE

GENERAL

1 LUBRICATION (Every 12 Months)

1 1 General Lubrication 1-2 Field Size Pointer Track Lubrication

PAGE

10 1

10 1

10-1 10-3

NOTE during the life of the tray

In general, moving parts of the cassette tray should not require lubrication

2 CABLE TENSION INSPECTION (Every 12 Months) 10-4

2-1 Cable Tension Check 2-2 2-3

Cable Adjustment for the Transverse Blades Cable Adjustment for the Longitudinal Blades

3 GENERAL INSPECTION - COLLIMATOR (Every 12 Months)

4 GENERAL INSPECTION - INTERCONNECTING ELEMENTS OF BUCKY AND TRAY (Every 6 Months)

10 5 10 5 10-5

10-6

10-6

5 FIELD SIZE POINTER DRIVE STRING CABLE CHECK (Every 6 Months) 10-7

6 FUNCTIONAL CHECK (Every 6 Months) 10-7

Perform the checks described in Chapter 4 at the end of each maintenance call to ensure complete and proper operabon

101 Copyrighto 1985 1986 by General Electric Co

~~ - ~ ~~

General

The maintenance procedures given can be performed at the site with relative ease DO NOT change factory adjustment of blade interconnection cables or ball and socket linkages This would necessitate complete realignment, a very substantial project

SEC 1 LUBRICATION (Every 12 Months)

1-1 General Lubrication

1 Remove the nameplate See Illustration 1 0 1

RD :EY

20603.P10

ILLUSTRATION 10 1 ~

2

3

4 Remove the trim cover

Detach the connector housing cover See Illustration 102

Remove the lock and light and servo cables

a

b

c Standard Collimator Remove the filter assemblies and set aside

Remove the two screws in the top corners of the back of the collimator

Remove the two front screws in each cone track on the bottom of the collimator

Mammography Co I I i mator The filter assembly used with this collimator cannot be removed Detach the filter handle (back out the two set screws in the bottom of the handle) and then push the filter far enough into the collimator so the trim cover will not get caught when it is slid off

d

e

Rotate the collimator 90° from the front position

Detach the rotational detent button by removing the cap screw in the button Also remove the sleeve and the spring

NOTE Before removing, turn the detent button down tight This turns the plunger shaft in far enough to allow the trim cover to slide over it

-

21042 P10

ILLUSTRATION 10 2

f With the measuring tape fully retracted, slide the cover rearward and off See Illustration 10 3

NOTE Make sure the cover does not get caught on the measuring tape

5 Lubricate the blade control thumbwheel shafts, ends of other moving shafts, blade pivot points, ball and socket joints, and pulley surfaces sparingly with a mixture of STP and light machine oil

1-2 Field Size Pointer Track Lubrication

1 Reattach the servo cable

2 Using the thumbwheels (manual mode of operation), close the blades fully

3 Detach the dial drum assembly See Illustration 104 Carefully remove the assembly


20444-P10

ILLUSTRATION 10-3

10 3

DIAL DRUM ASSEMBLY

DETACH DRUM ASSEMBL BY REMOVING THESE SCREWS (USE A RIGHT ANGLE SCR EWD R IVE R)

.Y

ILLUSTRATION 10-4 2067BP10

Apply a light coating of Lubriplate 630-AA or equivalent to the tracks

Replace the drum assembly

Open and close the blades several times to distribute the lubricant

Remove the servo cable

Replace the nameplate, trim cover, lock and light and servo cables, and connector housing cover When replacing the trim cover, again have the measuring tape fully retracted Also replace the spring, sleeve and rotational detent button turn the plunger shaft out with a screwdriver, slide the spring and sleeve over the shaft, engage the keyed portion of the button with the groove on the shaft and then replace the cap screw With the Mammography Collimator, pull the filter back out using a needle nose pliers and reattach the handle

Rotate the collimator back to the front position

SEC 2 CABLE TENSION INSPECTION (Every 12 Months)

The cable tension inspection and adjustment procedures provided are for the cables linking the blades to the bladedriven potentiometers The figure - 8 cables interconnecting the blades ARE NOT to be adjusted See Illustrations 10-5 and 10-6

10 4

LE T

DO NOT ADJUSI 1 BLADES - 1 .. I

GR8238 BLADES 20687 P10 ILLUSTRATION 10-5 ILLUSTRATION 10 6 -

2-1 Cable Tension Check

1 0 Remove the connector housing cover, lock and light and servo cables, and trim cover per instructions in subsection 1-1 of this chapter

2 Check the tension of the potentiometer cables I f the cables appear to be loose enough to come off the pulleys, adjustment is needed Refer to subsections 2-2 and 2 3 following for proper adjustment procedures

3 Replace the trim cover, lock and light and servo cables, and connector housing cover

2-2 Cable Adjustment for Transverse Blades

The potentiometer cable tension adjustment for the transverse blades is the two screw and nut arrangement on the right-hand side of the mounting plate (as collimator is viewed from front) See Illustration 10-5 Adjustment is as follows

1 Remove the nameplate per instructions in subsection 1-1 of this chapter

2 Tighten the cable by loosening the nuts on the rear side of the mounting plate while tightening the nuts on the front side of the plate Put suff icient tension on the cable t o keep it on the pulleys, but do not overtighten, which would cause the position of the blades to be altered Be sure to run the rear nuts up against the mounting plate surface again after adjustment is made


2-3

The potentiometer cable tension adjustment for the longitudinal blades is the two screw and nut arrange-

Cable Adjustment for Longitudinal Blades

ment on the left-hand side of the mounting plate (as collimator isviewed from front) See Illustration 10-6 Adjustment is as follows

10 5

1 Loosen the nuts against the mounting plate and the nuts against the cable adjusters Run the two nuts on each adjusting screw toward each other

2 Tighten the cable by turning the adjusting screws CW while holding the cable adjusters with a long nose pliers Put sufficient tension on the cable to keep it on the pulleys, but do not overtighten, which would cause the position of the blades to be altered

3 Retighten the nuts

SEC 3 GENERAL INSPECTION - COLLIMATOR (Every 12 Months)

Light field quality is affected by dust build up or smudges on the window or mirmr

1 Check for any grime on the outer surface of the window Clean with x-ray screen cleaner water

2 Remove the connector housing cover, lock and light and servo cables, and trim cover per instructions in subsection 1 1 of this chapter

3 4

Check for any grime on the inner surface of the window Clean with x-ray screen cleaner

Check for any grime on the mirror surface Carefully clean the mirror with a soft cloth moistened in a mild soap and water solution Wipe dry using another soft, dry cloth (A commercial glass cleaner could a b be used to clean the mirror 1 Extra care is necessary since the reflective surface IS easily scratched -

Replace the trim cover, lock and light and servo cables, and connector housing cover 5

SEC 4 GENERAL INSPECTION - INTERCONNECTING ELEMENTS OF BUCKY AND TRAY (Every 6 Months)

NOTE table top and folding back or removal of Mylar covers and/or shields, if present

Access to the Bucky is required for this check This means shifting or disengagement of the

1 Check for and remove any dirt build-up, particularly metal residue, in the receptacle attached to the Bucky Clean contact surfaces thoroughly, using a lint free cloth If these surfaces show excessive wear, this portion of the connector should be replaced NOTE This must be an exact replacement - another type cannot be used

2 Also check that the receptacle stil l "floats" freely in both the horizontal and vertical directions No binding should be present

3 Check that the pin and pad assembly attached to the Bucky still "floats" freely in the horizontal direction No binding should be present If the pin exhibits excessive wear, the assembly should be rep laced


5 Check for and remove any dirt build up, particularly metal residue, on the tray plug Clean contact surfaces thoroughly using a lint free cloth If these surfaces show excessive wear, this portion of the connector should be replaced NOTE This must be an exact replacement - another type cannot be used Also inspect the gears, pulleys, sensing arm mechanism, and potentiometers for damage or excessive wear

10 6


REV 8 SM D5303C-0

10 6 Check that the plug st i l l "floats" freely in both the horizontal and vertical directions No binding should be present

7 Important1 Using WD-40 lubricant (procure locally), lubricate the tray plug contact surfaces Apply the spray from 4 to 6 inches away and avoid excessive application


SEC 5 FIELD SIZE POINTER DRIVE SPRING CABLE CHECK (Every 6 Months)

Verify that drive string cable tension is taut, and that springs are not stretched If necessary, use the drive belt adjusting screws to increase or decrease cable tension

SEC 6 FUNCTIONAL CHECK (Every 6 Months)

The checks described in Chapter 4 must be performed as the last step of each maintenance call to ensure complete operation

10-7 CopyrightO 1985 by General Electric Co

~

manual de servicio colimador ge sentry 3

Documents

Transcript of manual de servicio colimador ge sentry 3